.

Reported by David S. Miller (davem@caip.rutgers.edu).

ABOUT-NLS

@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+Notes on the GNU Translation Project
+************************************
+
+   GNU is going international!  The GNU Translation Project is a way to
+get maintainers, translators, and users all together, so that GNU will
+gradually become able to speak many languages.  A few packages already
+provide translations for their messages.
+
+   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a GNU distribution, you
+may assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext'
+internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you
+do *not* need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing
+or using this package with messages translated.
+
+   Installers will find here some useful hints.  These notes also
+explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
+available translations.  They tell how people wanting to contribute and
+work at translations should contact the appropriate team.
+
+   When reporting bugs in the `intl/' directory or bugs which may be
+related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
+`gettext' which is used.  The information can be found in the
+`intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.
+
+One advise in advance
+=====================
+
+   If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
+should configure it using
+
+     ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
+package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in
+the operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, no
+prior implementation provides as many useful features (such as locale
+alias or message inheritance).  It is also not possible to offer this
+additional functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation.  Future
+versions of GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more
+functionality.  So it might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext'
+as soon as possible.
+
+INSTALL Matters
+===============
+
+   Some GNU packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
+programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
+Most such packages use GNU `gettext'.  Other packages have their own
+ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
+
+   By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
+messages.  It will automatically detect whether the system provides
+usable `catgets' (if using this is selected by the installer) or
+`gettext' functions.  If neither is available, the GNU `gettext' own
+library will be used.  This library is wholly contained within this
+package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
+the GNU `gettext' package is *not* required.  Installers may use
+special options at configuration time for changing the default
+behaviour.  The commands:
+
+     ./configure --with-included-gettext
+     ./configure --with-catgets
+     ./configure --disable-nls
+
+will respectively bypass any pre-existing `catgets' or `gettext' to use
+the internationalizing routines provided within this package, enable
+the use of the `catgets' functions (if found on the locale system), or
+else, *totally* disable translation of messages.
+
+   When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
+configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
+probably detect the previously built and installed `libintl.a' file and
+will decide to use this.  This might be not what is desirable.  You
+should use the more recent version of the GNU `gettext' library.  I.e.
+if the file `intl/VERSION' shows that the library which comes with this
+package is more recent, you should use
+
+     ./configure --with-included-gettext
+
+to prevent auto-detection.
+
+   By default the configuration process will not test for the `catgets'
+function and therefore they will not be used.  The reasons are already
+given above: the emulation on top of `catgets' cannot provide all the
+extensions provided by the GNU `gettext' library.  If you nevertheless
+want to use the `catgets' functions use
+
+     ./configure --with-catgets
+
+to enable the test for `catgets' (this causes no harm if `catgets' is
+not available on your system).  If you really select this option we
+would like to hear about the reasons because we cannot think of any
+good one ourself.
+
+   Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
+LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language.  Unless
+translations have been forbidden at `configure' time by using the
+`--disable-nls' switch, all available translations are installed
+together with the package.  However, the environment variable `LINGUAS'
+may be set, prior to configuration, to limit the installed set.
+`LINGUAS' should then contain a space separated list of two-letter
+codes, stating which languages are allowed.
+
+Using This Package
+==================
+
+   As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
+only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
+ISO 639 `LL' two-letter code prior to using the programs in the
+package.  For example, let's suppose that you speak German.  At the
+shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'),
+`export LANG; LANG=de' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de' (in `bash').  This
+can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all.
+
+   An operating system might already offer message localization for
+many of its programs, while other programs (whether GNU or not) have
+been installed locally with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'.
+Just using `gettext' extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper
+localization of already available operating system programs.  In this
+case, users should set both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their
+environment, as programs using GNU `gettext' give preference to
+`LANGUAGE'.  For example, some Swedish users would rather read
+translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available.
+This is easily accomplished by setting `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while
+leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
+
+Translating Teams
+=================
+
+   For the GNU Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
+people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
+able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
+Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
+International.  You may reach your translation team at the address
+`LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
+language.  Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
+in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of May 1996:
+
+     Arabic `ar', Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl',
+     English `en', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German
+     `de', Greek `el', Hebrew `he', Hungarian `hu', Irish `ga', Italian
+     `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja', Korean `ko', Latin `la',
+     Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish `pl', Portuguese `pt',
+     Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es', Swedish `sv', Telugu
+     `te', Turkish `tr' and Ukrainian `uk'.
+
+For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to
+`zh@li.org'.
+
+   If you'd like to volunteer to *work* at translating messages, you
+should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
+The subscribing address is *not* the same as the list itself, it has
+`-request' appended.  For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
+message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
+
+     subscribe
+
+   Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
+*actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
+rather than merely lurking around.  If your team does not exist yet and
+you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
+get started, please write to `gnu-translation@gnu.ai.mit.edu' to reach
+the GNU coordinator for all translator teams.
+
+   The English team is special.  It works at improving and uniformizing
+the terminology used in GNU.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more
+than programming skill, here.  For the time being, please avoid
+subscribing to the English team unless explicitly invited to do so.
+
+Available Packages
+==================
+
+   Languages are not equally supported in all GNU packages.  The
+following matrix shows the current state of GNU internationalization,
+as of May 1996.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which
+languages PO files have been submitted to translation coordination.
+
+                       cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
+                     .-------------------------------------------.
+     bash            |                []                         |  1
+     bison           |                []                         |  1
+     clisp           |    [] []       []                         |  3
+     cpio            |                []                         |  1
+     diffutils       |                []             []       [] |  3
+     enscript        |    []       [] []                   []    |  4
+     fileutils       |    []          []                []    [] |  4
+     findutils       |    []          []                         |  2
+     flex            |                []                         |  1
+     gcal            |    []                                     |  1
+     gettext         |    []          []    [] [] [] []    [] [] |  9
+     glibc           |    []    []          []                   |  3
+     grep            |          []    []    []       []    [] [] |  6
+     hello           |    []          []    []       [] [] []    |  6
+     m4              |    []          [] []                   [] |  4
+     make            |                                           |  0
+     mkid            |    []          []                         |  2
+     music           |                []                         |  1
+     ptx             |    []          []                      [] |  3
+     recode          |    []    []    []                   [] [] |  5
+     sh-utils        |    []          []                         |  2
+     sharutils       |    []          []       []             [] |  4
+     tar             |    []          []    []    []    [] [] [] |  7
+     textutils       |    []          []    [] []                |  4
+     wdiff           | [] []          []                      [] |  4
+                     `-------------------------------------------'
+                       cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
+                        1 17  1  3  1 22  1  6  3  3  4  3  6 10   81
+
+   Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
+visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
+used for implementing regional variants of languages, or language
+dialects.
+
+   For a PO file in the matrix above to be effective, the package to
+which it applies should also have been internationalized and
+distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
+lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
+GNU distribution.
+
+   If May 1996 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy of
+this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
+

COPYING

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 		       Version 2, June 1991
 
  Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                          675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+     59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 
@@ -304,8 +304,8 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
     GNU General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 

INSTALL

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The simplest way to compile this package is:
      `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
      `configure' itself.
 
-     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
+     Running `configure' takes a while.  While running, it prints some
      messages telling which features it is checking for.
 
   2. Type `make' to compile the package.

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 Makefile
 fileutils.info
 version.texi
+fileutils.info*
 fileutils.log
 fileutils.dvi
 fileutils.aux
@@ -15,3 +16,5 @@ fileutils.cm
 fileutils.fl
 fileutils.op
 fileutils.cps
+stamp-vti
+version.texi

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,2 +1,6 @@
-TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
-DIST_OTHER = mdate-sh
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
+info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
+
+# FIXME: remove texinfo.tex when automake has been fixed to include it
+# automatically
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi texinfo.tex

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,20 +1,9 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 0.25 from Makefile.am
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1c from Makefile.am
 
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
 
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307, USA.
 
 SHELL = /bin/sh
 
@@ -41,91 +30,107 @@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
 
+top_builddir = ..
+
 INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
 transform = @program_transform_name@
 
-TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
-DIST_OTHER = mdate-sh
+info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
+
+# FIXME: remove texinfo.tex when automake has been fixed to include it
+# automatically
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi texinfo.tex
+mkinstalldirs = $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
 
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo
 TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
-
-TEXFILES = *.aux *.cp *.cps *.dvi *.fn *.fns *.ky *.log *.pg \
-*.toc *.tp *.vr *.op
-
-INFOS = fileutils.info*
+INFOS = fileutils.info fileutils.info-[0-9] fileutils.info-[0-9][0-9]
 INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
 DVIS = fileutils.dvi
+TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
+
+DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
+version.texi
 
-DIST_COMMON = mdate-sh texinfo.tex stamp-vti Makefile.in version.texi Makefile.am
 
 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
 VERSION = @VERSION@
 
-DISTFILES = $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(INFOS) $(MANS) \
-	$(DIST_OTHER) $(DIST_COMMON) $(DATA)
-
-subdir = doc
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
+	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
+DEP_DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
+	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
 
+TAR = tar
 default: all
 
-version.texi: stamp-vti
+
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake $(subdir)/Makefile
+
+Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status Makefile.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
+
+version.texi: @MAINT@stamp-vti
 
 stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) && $(SHELL) mdate-sh fileutils.texi`" \
-	  > version.tmp
-	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> version.tmp
-	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> version.tmp
-	if cmp -s version.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi; then \
-	  rm version.tmp;			\
+	echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(SHELL) ./mdate-sh fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
+	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
+	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
+	if cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi; then \
+	  rm vti.tmp;			\
 	else					\
-	  mv version.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi; \
+	  mv vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi; \
 	fi
 	echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
 
 mostlyclean-vti:
-	rm -f *.tmp
+	rm -f vti.tmp
 
 clean-vti:
 
 distclean-vti:
 
 maintainer-clean-vti:
-	rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
+	@MAINT@rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
 
 fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
+fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
+
 
 .texi.info:
-	$(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) $<
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 
 .texi.dvi:
 	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $<
 
 install-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(infodir)
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do		\
-	  if test -f $$file; then		\
-	    d=.;				\
-	  else					\
-	    d=$(srcdir);			\
-	  fi;					\
-	  for ifile in $${file}*; do		\
-	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
-	  done;					\
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(infodir)
+	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  for ifile in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
+	    if test -f $(srcdir)/$$ifile; then \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
+	    else : ; fi; \
+	  done; \
 	done
 
 uninstall-info:
-	cd $(srcdir) && for file in *.info*; do
+	cd $(srcdir) && for file in *.info*; do	\
 	  rm -f $(infodir)/$$file; \
 	done
 
 mostlyclean-info:
-	rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi
-	rm -f fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.ky fileutils.log
-	rm -f fileutils.pg fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.vr fileutils.op
+	rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
+	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.ky fileutils.log \
+	  fileutils.pg fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.vr \
+	  fileutils.op
 
 clean-info:
 
@@ -133,52 +138,50 @@ distclean-info:
 
 maintainer-clean-info:
 	rm -f $(INFOS)
-
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake $(subdir)/Makefile
-
-Makefile: ../config.status Makefile.in
-	cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
-
 tags: TAGS
 TAGS:
 
-distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist: $(DISTFILES)
-	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do		\
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file || {	\
-	    echo linking $$file;		\
-	    ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
-	  } || {				\
-	    echo copying $$file instead;	\
-	    cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
-	  };					\
+
+distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+
+subdir = doc
+distdir: $(DEP_DISTFILES)
+	@for file in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $(DISTFILES)`; do \
+	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	  || ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	  || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
 	done
-
-all: info
-
 info: $(INFO_DEPS)
 
 dvi: $(DVIS)
 
-check: 
+check: all
 
-installcheck: 
+installcheck:
+
+install-exec: 
 
 install-data: install-info
 
-install: install-data
+install: install-exec install-data all
+	@:
 
 uninstall: uninstall-info
 
+all: $(INFO_DEPS) Makefile
+
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
 installdirs:
-	$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(infodir)
+	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(infodir)
+
 
 mostlyclean-generic:
 	test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
 
 clean-generic:
 	test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 distclean-generic:
 	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
@@ -186,18 +189,25 @@ distclean-generic:
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
 	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+	test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-info mostlyclean-generic
 
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-info mostlyclean-generic
+clean:  clean-vti clean-info clean-generic mostlyclean 
 
-clean: mostlyclean clean-vti clean-info clean-generic
-
-distclean: clean distclean-vti distclean-info distclean-generic
+distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-info distclean-generic clean 
 	rm -f config.status
 
-maintainer-clean: distclean maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-info maintainer-clean-generic
+maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-info \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean 
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
+.PHONY: default mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti \
+maintainer-clean-vti install-info uninstall-info mostlyclean-info \
+distclean-info clean-info maintainer-clean-info tags distdir info dvi \
+check installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
+installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
+maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .texi .info .dvi
@@ -205,4 +215,3 @@ maintainer-clean: distclean maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-info maintaine
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
 .NOEXPORT:
-

doc/getdate.texi

@@ -11,6 +11,30 @@
 @cindex date input formats
 @findex getdate
 
+@quotation
+Our units of temporal measurement, from seconds on up to months, are so
+complicated, asymmetrical and disjunctive so as to make coherent mental
+reckoning in time all but impossible.  Indeed, had some tyrannical god
+contrived to enslave our minds to time, to make it all but impossible
+for us to escape subjection to sodden routines and unpleasant surprises,
+he could hardly have done better than handing down our present system.
+It is like a set of trapezoidal building blocks, with no vertical or
+horizontal surfaces, like a language in which the simplest thought
+demands ornate constructions, useless particles and lengthy
+circumlocutions.  Unlike the more successful patterns of language and
+science, which enable us to face experience boldly or at least
+level-headedly, our system of temporal calculation silently and
+persistently encourages our terror of time.
+
+@dots{}  It is as though architects had to measure length in feet, width
+in meters and height in ells; as though basic instruction manuals
+demanded a knowledge of five different languages.  It is no wonder then
+that we often look into our own immediate past or future, last Tuesday
+or a week from Sunday, with feelings of helpless confusion.  @dots{}
+
+--- Robert Grudin, @cite{Time and the Art of Living}.
+@end quotation
+
 This section describes the textual date representations that GNU
 programs accept.  These are the strings you, as a user, can supply as
 arguments to the various programs.  The C interface (via the
@@ -94,7 +118,7 @@ specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
 numerically or literally.  All these strings specify the same calendar date:
 
 @example
-1970-9-17            # ISO 8601.
+1970-09-17           # ISO 8601.
 70-9-17              # This century assumed by default.
 70-09-17             # Leading zeros are ignored.
 9/17/72              # Common U.S. writing.
@@ -120,9 +144,10 @@ Here are the rules.
 @cindex date format, ISO 8601
 For numeric months, the ISO 8601 format
 @samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
-any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 1 and 12, and
-@var{day} is a number between 1 and 31.  If @var{year} is less than 100,
-then 1900 is added to it to force a date in this century.  The construct
+any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
+@var{day} is a number between 01 and 31.  A leading zero must be present
+if a number is less than ten.  If @var{year} is less than 100, then 1900
+is added to it to force a date in this century.  The construct
 @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}/@var{year}}, popular in the United States,
 is accepted.  Also @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}}, omitting the year.
 

doc/mdate-sh

@@ -1,23 +1,23 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-# mdate-sh - get modifaction time of a file and pretty-print it
+# mdate-sh - get modification time of a file and pretty-print it
 # Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
-# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
+# Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
 # any later version.
-# 
+#
 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 # GNU General Public License for more details.
-# 
+#
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
 # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
-# Prevent date giving response in another language
+# Prevent date giving response in another language.
 LANG=C
 export LANG
 LC_ALL=C
@@ -25,19 +25,19 @@ export LC_ALL
 LC_TIME=C
 export LC_TIME
 
-# Get the extended ls output of the file
+# Get the extended ls output of the file.
 if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
   set - `ls -L -l $1`
 else
   set - `ls -l $1`
 fi
-# The month is at least the fourth argument
+# The month is at least the fourth argument.
 # (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop)
 shift
 shift
 shift
 
-# Find the month.  Next argument is day, followed by the year or time
+# Find the month.  Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
 month=
 until test $month
 do
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ day=$2
 # Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
 # the time of day or the year.
 case $3 in
-  *:*) set `date`; year=$7
+  *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
        case $2 in
 	 Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
 	 Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
@@ -79,12 +79,11 @@ case $3 in
 	 Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
        esac
        # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
-       # be used for file modified in the last year.
+       # be used for files modified in the last year.
        if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
        then
-	 year=`expr year - 1`
-       fi
-       ;;
+	 year=`expr $year - 1`
+       fi;;
   *) year=$3;;
 esac
 

doc/perm.texi

@@ -217,17 +217,14 @@ og-rxw
 
 @cindex copying existing permissions
 @cindex permissions, copying existing
-You can base part of a file's permissions on part of its existing
-permissions.  To do this, instead of using @samp{r}, @samp{w}, or
-@samp{x} after the operator, you use the letter @samp{u}, @samp{g}, or
-@samp{o}.  For example, the mode
-
+You can base a file's permissions on its existing permissions.  To do
+this, instead of using @samp{r}, @samp{w}, or @samp{x} after the
+operator, you use the letter @samp{u}, @samp{g}, or @samp{o}.  For
+example, the mode
 @example
 o+g
 @end example
-
 @noindent
-@c FIXME describe the ls -l notation for showing permissions.
 adds the permissions for users who are in a file's group to the
 permissions that other users have for the file.  Thus, if the file
 started out as mode 664 (@samp{rw-rw-r--}), the above mode would change

doc/sh-utils.texi

@@ -28,36 +28,39 @@
 @ifinfo
 @format
 START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Shell utilities: (sh-utils).		GNU shell utilities.
-* basename: (sh-utils)basename invocation.	Strip directory and suffix.
-* date: (sh-utils)date invocation.		Print/set system date and time.
-* dirname: (sh-utils)dirname invocation.	Strip non-directory suffix.
-* echo: (sh-utils)echo invocation.		Print a line of text.
-* env: (sh-utils)env invocation.		Modify the environment.
-* expr: (sh-utils)expr invocation.		Evaluate expressions.
-* false: (sh-utils)false invocation.		Do nothing, unsuccessfully.
-* groups: (sh-utils)groups invocation.		Print group names a user is in.
-* hostname: (sh-utils)hostname invocation.	Print or set system name.
-* id: (sh-utils)id invocation.			Print real/effective uid/gid.
-* logname: (sh-utils)logname invocation.	Print current login name.
-* nice: (sh-utils)nice invocation.		Modify scheduling priority.
-* nohup: (sh-utils)nohup invocation.		Immunize to hangups.
-* pathchk: (sh-utils)pathchk invocation.	Check file name portability.
-* printenv: (sh-utils)printenv invocation.	Print environment variables.
-* printf: (sh-utils)printf invocation.	        Format and print data.
-* pwd: (sh-utils)pwd invocation.	        Print working directory.
-* sleep: (sh-utils)sleep invocation.	        Delay for a specified time.
-* stty: (sh-utils)stty invocation.	        Print/change terminal settings.
-* su: (sh-utils)su invocation.	                Modify user and group id.
-* tee: (sh-utils)tee invocation.	        Redirect to multiple files.
-* test: (sh-utils)test invocation.	        File/string tests.
-* true: (sh-utils)true invocation.	        Do nothing, successfully.
-* tty: (sh-utils)tty invocation.	        Print terminal name.
-* uname: (sh-utils)uname invocation.	        Print system information.
-* users: (sh-utils)users invocation.	        Print current user names.
-* who: (sh-utils)who invocation.	        Print who is logged in.
-* whoami: (sh-utils)whoami invocation.		Print effective user id.
-* yes: (sh-utils)yes invocation.		Print a string indefinitely.
+* Shell utilities: (sh-utils).          GNU shell utilities.
+* basename: (sh-utils)basename invocation.      Strip directory and suffix.
+* chroot: (sh-utils)chroot invocation.          Specify the root directory.
+* date: (sh-utils)date invocation.              Print/set system date and time.
+* dirname: (sh-utils)dirname invocation.        Strip non-directory suffix.
+* echo: (sh-utils)echo invocation.              Print a line of text.
+* env: (sh-utils)env invocation.                Modify the environment.
+* expr: (sh-utils)expr invocation.              Evaluate expressions.
+* factor: (sh-utils)factor invocation.          Print prime factors
+* false: (sh-utils)false invocation.            Do nothing, unsuccessfully.
+* groups: (sh-utils)groups invocation.          Print group names a user is in.
+* hostname: (sh-utils)hostname invocation.      Print or set system name.
+* id: (sh-utils)id invocation.                  Print real/effective uid/gid.
+* logname: (sh-utils)logname invocation.        Print current login name.
+* nice: (sh-utils)nice invocation.              Modify scheduling priority.
+* nohup: (sh-utils)nohup invocation.            Immunize to hangups.
+* pathchk: (sh-utils)pathchk invocation.        Check file name portability.
+* printenv: (sh-utils)printenv invocation.      Print environment variables.
+* printf: (sh-utils)printf invocation.          Format and print data.
+* pwd: (sh-utils)pwd invocation.                Print working directory.
+* seq: (sh-utils)seq invocation.                Print numeric sequences
+* sleep: (sh-utils)sleep invocation.            Delay for a specified time.
+* stty: (sh-utils)stty invocation.              Print/change terminal settings.
+* su: (sh-utils)su invocation.                  Modify user and group id.
+* tee: (sh-utils)tee invocation.                Redirect to multiple files.
+* test: (sh-utils)test invocation.              File/string tests.
+* true: (sh-utils)true invocation.              Do nothing, successfully.
+* tty: (sh-utils)tty invocation.                Print terminal name.
+* uname: (sh-utils)uname invocation.            Print system information.
+* users: (sh-utils)users invocation.            Print current user names.
+* who: (sh-utils)who invocation.                Print who is logged in.
+* whoami: (sh-utils)whoami invocation.          Print effective user id.
+* yes: (sh-utils)yes invocation.                Print a string indefinitely.
 END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
 @end format
 @end ifinfo
@@ -65,7 +68,7 @@ END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
 @ifinfo
 This file documents the GNU shell utilities.
 
-Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -92,12 +95,12 @@ by the Foundation.
 @titlepage
 @title GNU @code{sh-utils}
 @subtitle A set of shell utilities
-@subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{RELEASEDATE}
+@subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
 @author David MacKenzie et al.
 
 @page
 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -126,18 +129,21 @@ This manual minimally documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell
 utilities.
 
 @menu
-* Introduction::		Caveats, overview, and authors.
+* Introduction::                Caveats, overview, and authors.
 * Common options::              Common options.
-* Date input formats::		Specifying date strings.
+
+* Date input formats::          Specifying date strings.
 * Printing text::               echo printf yes
 * Conditions::                  false true test expr
 * Redirection::                 tee
 * File name manipulation::      dirname basename pathchk
-* Working context::		pwd stty printenv tty
+* Working context::             pwd stty printenv tty
 * User information::            id logname whoami groups users who
 * System context::              date uname hostname
-* Modified command invocation:: env nice nohup su
+* Modified command invocation:: chroot env nice nohup su
 * Delaying::                    sleep
+* Numeric operations::          factor seq
+
 * Index::                       General index.
 @end menu
 @end ifinfo
@@ -245,15 +251,13 @@ This section describes commands that display text strings.
 @cindex text, displaying
 @cindex arbitrary text, displaying
 
-Synopsis:
+@code{echo} writes each given @var{string} to standard output, with a
+space between each and a newline after the last one.  Synopsis:
 
 @example
 echo [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{string}]@dots{}
 @end example
 
-@code{echo} writes each given @var{string} to standard output, with a
-space between each and a newline after the last one.
-
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
 @table @samp
@@ -298,7 +302,7 @@ a valid octal number, it is printed literally.
 @section @code{printf}: Format and print data
 
 @pindex printf
-Synopsis:
+@code{printf} does formatted printing of text. Synopsis:
 
 @example
 printf @var{format} [@var{argument}]@dots{}
@@ -699,9 +703,9 @@ Operands are either numbers or strings.  @code{expr} coerces
 anything appearing in an operand position to an integer or a string
 depending on the operation being applied to it.
 
-Strings are not quoted for @code{expr}, though you may need to quote
-them to protect characters with special meaning to the shell, e.g.,
-spaces.
+Strings are not quoted for @code{expr} itself, though you may need to
+quote them to protect characters with special meaning to the shell,
+e.g., spaces.
 
 @cindex parentheses for grouping
 Operators may given as infix symbols or prefix keywords.  Parentheses
@@ -897,11 +901,11 @@ to change the input source or output destination of a command.  But one
 useful redirection is performed by a separate command, not by the shell;
 it's described here.
 
-
 @menu
 * tee invocation::              Redirect output to multiple files.
 @end menu
 
+
 @node tee invocation
 @section @code{tee}: Redirect output to multiple files
 
@@ -912,9 +916,7 @@ it's described here.
 
 The @code{tee} command copies standard input to standard output and also
 to any files given as arguments.  This is useful when you want not only
-to send some data down a pipe, but also to save a copy.
-
-Synopsis:
+to send some data down a pipe, but also to save a copy.  Synopsis:
 
 @example
 tee [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
@@ -969,16 +971,16 @@ This section describes commands that manipulate file names.
 @cindex file names, stripping directory and suffix
 @cindex leading directory components, stripping
 
-Synopsis:
+@code{basename} removes any leading directory components from
+@var{name}.  Synopsis:
 
 @example
 basename @var{name} [@var{suffix}]
 @end example
 
-The @code{basename} command removes any leading directory components
-from @var{name}.  If @var{suffix} is specified and is identical
-to the end of @var{name}, it is removed from @var{name} as well.
-@code{basename} prints the result on standard output.
+If @var{suffix} is specified and is identical to the end of @var{name},
+it is removed from @var{name} as well.  @code{basename} prints the
+result on standard output.
 
 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
 options}.
@@ -992,15 +994,15 @@ options}.
 @cindex stripping non-directory suffix
 @cindex non-directory suffix, stripping
 
-Synopsis:
+@code{dirname} prints all but the final slash-delimited component of
+a string (presumably a filename).  Synopsis:
 
 @example
 dirname @var{name}
 @end example
 
-@code{dirname} prints all but the final slash-delimited component
-of @var{name}.  If @var{name} is a single component,
-@code{dirname} prints @samp{.} (meaning the current directory).
+If @var{name} is a single component, @code{dirname} prints @samp{.}
+(meaning the current directory).
 
 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
 options}.
@@ -1014,7 +1016,7 @@ options}.
 @cindex valid file names, checking for
 @cindex portable file names, checking for
 
-Synopsis:
+@code{pathchk} checks portability of filenames.  Synopsis:
 
 @example
 pathchk [@var{option}]@dots{} @var{name}@dots{}
@@ -1108,6 +1110,14 @@ The only options are a lone @samp{--help} or
 @cindex terminal settings
 @cindex line settings of terminal
 
+@code{stty} prints or changes terminal characteristics, such as baud rate.
+Synopses:
+
+@example
+stty [@var{setting}]@dots{}
+stty [@var{option}]
+@end example
+
 If given no arguments, @code{stty} prints the baud rate, line
 discipline number (on systems that support it), and line settings
 that have been changed from the values set by @samp{stty sane}.
@@ -1117,13 +1127,6 @@ standard input.
 @code{stty} accepts many non-option arguments that change aspects of
 the terminal line operation, as described below.
 
-Synopses:
-
-@example
-stty [@var{setting}]@dots{}
-stty [@var{option}]
-@end example
-
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
 @table @samp
@@ -1277,7 +1280,7 @@ Translate carriage return to newline.  May be negated.
 @opindex ixon
 @kindex C-s/C-q flow control
 @cindex XON/XOFF flow control
-Enable XON/XOFF flow control (that is, @key{CTRL-s}/@key{CTRL-Q}).  May
+Enable XON/XOFF flow control (that is, @kbd{CTRL-S}/@kbd{CTRL-Q}).  May
 be negated.
 
 @item ixoff
@@ -1599,7 +1602,7 @@ For GNU stty, giving a value of @code{^-} or @code{undef} disables that
 special character.  (This is incompatible with Ultrix @code{stty},
 which uses  a value of @samp{u} to disable a special character.  GNU
 @code{stty} treats a value @samp{u} like any other, namely to set that
-special character to @key{u}.)
+special character to @key{U}.)
 
 @table @samp
 
@@ -1735,7 +1738,7 @@ of: 0 50 75 110 134 134.5 150 200 300 600 1200 1800 2400 4800 9600
 @cindex printing all or some environment variables
 @cindex environment variables, printing
 
-Synopsis:
+@code{printenv} prints environment variable values.  Synopsis:
 
 @example
 printenv [@var{option}] [@var{variable}]@dots{}
@@ -1765,9 +1768,8 @@ Exit status:
 @cindex print terminal file name
 @cindex terminal file name, printing
 
-@code{tty} prints the file name of the tty connected to its standard
-input.  It prints @samp{not a tty} if standard input is not a tty.
-
+@code{tty} prints the file name of the terminal connected to its standard
+input.  It prints @samp{not a tty} if standard input is not a terminal.
 Synopsis:
 
 @example
@@ -1792,8 +1794,8 @@ Print nothing; only return an exit status.
 Exit status:
 
 @display
-0 if standard input is a tty
-1 if standard input is not a tty
+0 if standard input is a terminal
+1 if standard input is not a terminal
 2 if given incorrect arguments
 3 if a write error occurs
 @end display
@@ -1826,10 +1828,8 @@ logins, groups, and so forth.
 @cindex effective uid and gid, printing
 @cindex printing real and effective uid and gid
 
-@noindent @code{id} prints information about the given user, or the process
-running it if no user is specified.
-
-Synopsis:
+@code{id} prints information about the given user, or the process
+running it if no user is specified.  Synopsis:
 
 @example
 id [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{username}]
@@ -1923,11 +1923,9 @@ options}.
 @cindex supplementary groups, printing
 
 @code{groups} prints the names of the primary and any supplementary
-groups that each given @var{username}, or the current process if none
-are given, is in.  If user names are given, the name of each user is
-printed before the list of that user's groups.
-
-Synopsis:
+groups for each given @var{username}, or the current process if no names
+are given.  If names are given, the name of each user is printed before
+the list of that user's groups.  Synopsis:
 
 @example
 groups [@var{username}]@dots{}
@@ -1951,9 +1949,7 @@ options}.
 names of users currently logged in to the current host.  Each user name
 corresponds to a login session, so if a user has more than one login
 session, that user's name will appear the same number of times in the
-output.
-
-Synopsis:
+output. Synopsis:
 
 @example
 users [@var{file}]
@@ -1976,6 +1972,7 @@ options}.
 @cindex printing current user information
 @cindex information, about current users
 
+@code{who} prints information about users who are currently logged on.
 Synopsis:
 
 @example
@@ -2085,10 +2082,8 @@ information.
 @cindex time, printing or setting
 @cindex printing the current time
 
-@code{date} with no arguments prints the current time and date, in
-the format of the @samp{%c} directive (described below).
-
-Synopses:
+@code{date} with no arguments prints the current time and date, in the
+format of the @samp{%c} directive (described below).  Synopses:
 
 @example
 date [@var{option}]@dots{} [+@var{format}]
@@ -2107,10 +2102,10 @@ directives, which start with @samp{%}, characters in the format string
 are printed unchanged.  The directives are described below.
 
 @menu
-* Time directives::             %[HIklMprsSTXZ]
+* Time directives::             %[HIklMprsSTXzZ]
 * Date directives::             %[aAbBcdDhjmUwWxyY]
 * Literal directives::          %[%nt]
-* Padding::			Pad with zeroes, spaces (%_), or nothing (%-).
+* Padding::                     Pad with zeroes, spaces (%_), or nothing (%-).
 * Setting the time::            Changing the system clock.
 * Options for date::            Instead of the current time.
 * Examples of date::            Examples.
@@ -2144,16 +2139,25 @@ time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
 @cindex seconds since the epoch
 @cindex beginning of time
 seconds since the epoch, i.e., 1 January 1970 00:00:00 UTC (a
-GNU extension)
+GNU extension).
+Note that this value is the number of seconds between the epoch
+and the current date as defined by the localtime system call.
+It isn't changed by the @samp{--date} option.
 @item %S
 second (00@dots{}61)
 @item %T
 time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
 @item %X
 locale's time representation (%H:%M:%S)
+@item %z
+RFC-822 style numeric time zone (e.g., -0600 or +0100), or nothing if no
+time zone is determinable.  This value reflects the @emph{current} time
+zone.  It isn't changed by the @samp{--date} option.
 @item %Z
-timezone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no timezone is
-determinable
+time zone (e.g., EDT), or nothing if no timezone is
+determinable.
+Note that this value reflects the @emph{current} time zone.
+It isn't changed by the @samp{--date} option.
 @end table
 
 
@@ -2187,11 +2191,19 @@ day of year (001@dots{}366)
 @item %m
 month (01@dots{}12)
 @item %U
-week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00@dots{}53)
+week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00@dots{}53).
+Days in a new year preceding the first Sunday are in week zero.
+@item %V
+week number of year with Monday as first day of the week as a decimal
+(01@dots{}53). If the week containing January 1 has four or more days in
+the new year, then it is considered week 1; otherwise, it is week 53 of
+the previous year, and the next week is week 1. (See the ISO 8601: 1988
+standard.)
 @item %w
 day of week (0@dots{}6) with 0 corresponding to Sunday
 @item %W
-week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00@dots{}53)
+week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00@dots{}53).
+Days in a new year preceding the first Monday are in week zero.
 @item %x
 locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
 @item %y
@@ -2320,15 +2332,6 @@ current time and date.  @var{datestr} can be in almost any common
 format.  It can contain month names, timezones, @samp{am} and @samp{pm},
 @samp{yesterday}, @samp{ago}, @samp{next}, etc.  @xref{Date input formats}.
 
-@item -r @var{file}
-@itemx --reference=@var{file}
-@opindex -r
-@opindex --reference
-Display the time and date as obtained from a reference @var{file},
-instead of the current time and date.  Each file has a few timestamps
-associated with it.  In this context, the time and date of the last
-modification are used.
-
 @item -f @var{datefile}
 @itemx --file=@var{datefile}
 @opindex -f
@@ -2339,6 +2342,20 @@ input.  This is useful when you have many dates to process, because the
 system overhead of starting up the @code{date} executable many times can
 be considerable.
 
+@itemx --rfc-822
+@opindex -R
+@opindex --rfc-822
+Display the time and date using the RFC-822-specified
+format, @samp{%a, %_d %b %Y %H:%M:%S %z}.
+If @samp{--utc} is also specified, use @samp{GMT} in place of @samp{%z}.
+
+@item -r @var{file}
+@itemx --reference=@var{file}
+@opindex -r
+@opindex --reference
+Display the time and date reference according to the last modification
+time of @var{file}, instead of the current time and date.
+
 @item -s @var{datestr}
 @itemx --set=@var{datestr}
 @opindex -s
@@ -2419,6 +2436,14 @@ To set the system clock forward by two minutes:
 date --set='+2 minutes'
 @end example
 
+@item
+To print the date in the format specified by RFC-822,
+use @samp{date --rfc}.  I just did and saw this:
+
+@example
+Mon, 25 Mar 1996 23:34:17 -0600
+@end example
+
 @end itemize
 
 
@@ -2431,9 +2456,7 @@ date --set='+2 minutes'
 
 @code{uname} prints information about the machine and operating system
 it is run on.  If no options are given, @code{uname} acts as if the
-@code{-s} option were given.
-
-Synopsis:
+@code{-s} option were given. Synopsis:
 
 @example
 uname [@var{option}]@dots{}
@@ -2518,9 +2541,7 @@ Print the operating system version.
 With no arguments, @code{hostname} prints the name of the current host
 system.  With one argument, it sets the current host name to the
 specified string.  You must have appropriate privileges to set the host
-name.
-
-Synopsis:
+name. Synopsis:
 
 @example
 hostname [@var{name}]
@@ -2542,6 +2563,7 @@ different than the current one: a modified environment, as a different
 user, etc.
 
 @menu
+* chroot invocation::           Modify the root directory.
 * env invocation::              Modify environment variables.
 * nice invocation::             Modify scheduling priority.
 * nohup invocation::            Immunize to hangups.
@@ -2549,17 +2571,42 @@ user, etc.
 @end menu
 
 
+@node chroot invocation
+@section @code{chroot}: Run a command with a different root directory
+
+@pindex chroot
+@cindex running a program in a specified root directory
+@cindex root directory, running a program in a specified
+
+@code{chroot} runs a command with a specified root directory.
+On many systems, only the super-user can do this.
+Synopses:
+
+@example
+chroot @var{newroot} [@var{command} [@var{args}]@dots{}]
+chroot @var{option}
+@end example
+
+Ordinarily, filenames are looked up starting at the root of the
+directory structure, i.e., @file{/}.  @code{chroot} changes the root to
+the directory @var{newroot} (which must exist) and then runs
+@var{command} with optional @var{args}.  If @var{command} is not
+specified, the default is the value of the @code{SHELL} environment
+variable or @code{/bin/sh} if not set, invoked with the @samp{-i} option.
+
+The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
+options}.
+
+
 @node env invocation
 @section @code{env}: Run a command in a modified environment
 
 @pindex env
 @cindex environment, running a program in a modified
-@cindex modified environment, running a program in
+@cindex modified environment, running a program in a
+@cindex running a program in a modified environment
 
-@code{env} runs a command with an environment modified as specified
-by the command line arguments.
-
-Synopses:
+@code{env} runs a command with a modified environment.  Synopses:
 
 @example
 env [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}=@var{value}]@dots{} @c
@@ -2614,6 +2661,13 @@ Start with an empty environment, ignoring the inherited environment.
 @cindex priority, modifying
 @cindex appropriate privileges
 
+@code{nice} prints or modifies the scheduling priority of a job.
+Synopsis:
+
+@example
+nice [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{command} [@var{arg}]@dots{}]
+@end example
+
 If no arguments are given, @code{nice} prints the current scheduling
 priority, which it inherited.  Otherwise, @code{nice} runs the given
 @var{command} with its scheduling priority adjusted.  If no
@@ -2622,12 +2676,6 @@ priority, which it inherited.  Otherwise, @code{nice} runs the given
 adjustment.  The priority can be adjusted by @code{nice} over the range
 of -20 (the highest priority) to 19 (the lowest).
 
-Synopsis:
-
-@example
-nice [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{command} [@var{arg}]@dots{}]
-@end example
-
 @cindex conflicts with shell built-ins
 @cindex built-in shell commands, conflicts with
 Because most shells have a built-in command by the same name, using the
@@ -2653,24 +2701,24 @@ Add @var{adjustment} instead of 10 to the command's priority.
 @pindex nohup
 @cindex hangups, immunity to
 @cindex immunity to hangups
+@cindex logging out and continuing to run
 
 @flindex nohup.out
 @code{nohup} runs the given @var{command} with hangup signals ignored,
 so that the command can continue running in the background after you log
-out.
-
-Synopsis:
+out. Synopsis:
 
 @example
 nohup @var{command} [@var{arg}]@dots{}
 @end example
 
 @flindex nohup.out
-Also, the scheduling priority is increased by 5.  If standard output is a
-tty, it and standard error are redirected so that they are appended to
-the file @file{nohup.out}; if that cannot be written to, they are
-appended to the file @file{$HOME/nohup.out}.  If that cannot be written
-to, the command is not run.
+@code{nohup} increases the scheduling priority of @var{command} by 5, so
+it has a slightly smaller change to run.  If standard output is a terminal,
+it and standard error are redirected so that they are appended to the
+file @file{nohup.out}; if that cannot be written to, they are appended
+to the file @file{$HOME/nohup.out}.  If that cannot be written to, the
+command is not run.
 
 If @code{nohup} creates either @file{nohup.out} or
 @file{$HOME/nohup.out}, it creates it with no ``group'' or ``other''
@@ -2696,9 +2744,7 @@ options}.
 
 @code{su} allows one user to temporarily become another user.  It runs a
 command (often an interactive shell) with the real and effective user
-id, group id, and supplemental groups of a given @var{user}.
-
-Synopsis:
+id, group id, and supplemental groups of a given @var{user}. Synopsis:
 
 @example
 su [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{user} [@var{arg}]@dots{}]
@@ -2840,7 +2886,7 @@ might find this idea strange at first.
 @cindex delaying commands
 @cindex commands for delaying
 
-Perhaps @code{wait} or other commands should be described here also?
+@c Perhaps @code{wait} or other commands should be described here also?
 
 @menu
 * sleep invocation::            Delay for a specified time.
@@ -2855,7 +2901,6 @@ Perhaps @code{wait} or other commands should be described here also?
 
 @code{sleep} pauses for an amount of time specified by the sum of
 the values of the command line arguments.
-
 Synopsis:
 
 @example
@@ -2881,6 +2926,82 @@ The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
 options}.
 
 
+@node Numeric operations
+@chapter Numeric operations
+
+@cindex numeric operations
+These programs do numerically-related operations.
+
+@menu
+* factor invocation::              Show factors of numbers.
+* seq invocation::                 Print sequences of numbers.
+@end menu
+
+
+@node factor invocation
+@section @code{factor}: Print prime factors
+
+@pindex factor
+@cindex prime factors
+
+@code{factor} prints prime factors.  Synopses:
+
+@example
+factor [@var{number}]@dots{}
+factor @var{option}
+@end example
+
+If no @var{number} is specified on the command line, @code{factor} reads
+numbers from standard input, delimited by newlines, tabs, or spaces.
+
+The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
+options}.
+
+
+@node seq invocation
+@section @code{seq}: Print numeric sequences
+
+@pindex seq
+@cindex numeric sequences
+@cindex sequence of numbers
+
+@code{seq} prints a sequence of numbers to standard output.  Synopses:
+
+@example
+seq [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{first} [@var{step}]] @var{last}@dots{}
+@end example
+
+@code{seq} prints the numbers from @var{first} to @var{last} by
+@var{step}.  By default, @var{first} and @var{step} are both 1, and each
+number is printed on its own line.  All numbers can be reals, not just
+integers.
+
+The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
+
+@table @samp
+@item -f @var{format}
+@itemx --format=@var{format}
+@opindex -f @var{format}
+@opindex --format=@var{format}
+@cindex formatting of numbers in @code{seq}
+Print all numbers using @var{format}; default @samp{%g}.
+@var{format} must contain exactly one of the standarding float output
+formats @samp{%e}, @samp{%f}, or @samp{%g}.
+
+@item -s @var{string}
+@itemx --separator=@var{string}
+@cindex separator for numbers in @code{seq}
+Separate numbers with @var{string}; default is a newline.
+The output always terminates with a newline.
+
+@item -w
+@itemx --equal-width
+Print all numbers with the same width, by padding with leading zeroes.
+(To have other kinds of padding, use @samp{--format}).
+
+@end table
+
+
 @node Index
 @unnumbered Index
 

doc/texinfo.tex

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 %% TeX macros to handle texinfo files
 
-%   Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+%  Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93,
+%                94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 %This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 %modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -14,8 +15,8 @@
 
 %You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 %along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
-%to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139,
-%USA.
+%to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+%Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
 
 %In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
@@ -34,7 +35,7 @@
 
 % This automatically updates the version number based on RCS.
 \def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}}
-\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 1.9 $
+\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 1.10 $
 \message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:}
 
 % If in a .fmt file, print the version number
@@ -69,7 +70,7 @@
  % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
  % if the definition is written into an index file.
  \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\lvvmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
 }
 \let\~ = \tie                  % And make it available as @~.
 
@@ -536,17 +537,34 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
 \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
 
+% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph.
+
+\def\inmargin#1{%
+\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth
+  \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss
+  \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}}
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+
 %\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
 
 % @include file    insert text of that file as input.
-
-\def\include{\parsearg\includezzz}
-%Use \input\thisfile to avoid blank after \input, which may be an active
-%char (in which case the blank would become the \input argument).
-%The grouping keeps the value of \thisfile correct even when @include
-%is nested.
-\def\includezzz #1{\begingroup
-\def\thisfile{#1}\input\thisfile
+% Allow normal characters that  we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\include{\begingroup
+  \catcode`\\=12
+  \catcode`~=12
+  \catcode`^=12
+  \catcode`_=12
+  \catcode`|=12
+  \catcode`<=12
+  \catcode`>=12
+  \catcode`+=12
+  \parsearg\includezzz}
+% Restore active chars for included file.
+\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup
+  % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work.
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  \input\thisfile
 \endgroup}
 
 \def\thisfile{}
@@ -631,6 +649,15 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \let\printindex = \relax
   \let\pxref = \relax
   \let\settitle = \relax
+  \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
+  \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
+  \let\everyheading = \relax
+  \let\evenheading = \relax
+  \let\oddheading = \relax
+  \let\everyfooting = \relax
+  \let\evenfooting = \relax
+  \let\oddfooting = \relax
+  \let\headings = \relax
   \let\include = \relax
   \let\lowersections = \relax
   \let\down = \relax
@@ -654,6 +681,11 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
 \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
 
+% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
+
+\def\dircategory{\comment}
+
 % Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
 %
 \def\doignore#1{\begingroup
@@ -689,7 +721,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
     \immediate\write16{  script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
     \immediate\write16{  to use a workaround.}
     \immediate\write16{}
-    \warnedobstrue
+    \global\warnedobstrue
     \fi
 }
 
@@ -765,15 +797,17 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
 % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
 % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
+% didn't need it.  Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
+% losing inside @example, for instance.
 %
-\def\set{\parsearg\setxxx}
+\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 \parsearg\setxxx}
 \def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
 \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
   \def\temp{#2}%
   \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
   \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
   \fi
+  \endgroup
 }
 % Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
 % \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
@@ -910,6 +944,21 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
   node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
 
+\def\macro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\macroxxx#1#2 \end macro{%
+\expandafter\gdef\macrotemp#1{#2}%
+\endgroup}
+
+%\def\linemacro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\linemacroxxx}
+%\def\linemacroxxx#1#2 \end linemacro{%
+%\let\parsearg=\relax
+%\edef\macrotempx{\csname M\butfirst\expandafter\string\macrotemp\endcsname}%
+%\expandafter\xdef\macrotemp{\parsearg\macrotempx}%
+%\expandafter\gdef\macrotempx#1{#2}%
+%\endgroup}
+
+%\def\butfirst#1{}
+
 \message{fonts,}
 
 % Font-change commands.
@@ -920,12 +969,16 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
 \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
 
+% We don't need math for this one.
+\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
+
 %% Try out Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf
 \let\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
 
 % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
 % specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-\def\setfont#1#2{\font#1=\fontprefix#2}
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
 
 % Use cm as the default font prefix.
 % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
@@ -933,29 +986,46 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \ifx\fontprefix\undefined
 \def\fontprefix{cm}
 \fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx}		%where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
 
 \ifx\bigger\relax
 \let\mainmagstep=\magstep1
-\setfont\textrm{r12}
-\setfont\texttt{tt12}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
 \else
-\setfont\textrm{r10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\setfont\texttt{tt10 scaled \mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
 \fi
 % Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10.
 % cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
 % looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10.
-\setfont\textbf{b10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit{ti10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl{sl10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf{ss10 scaled \mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc{csc10 scaled \mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
 \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
 \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
 
 % A few fonts for @defun, etc.
-\setfont\defbf{bx10 scaled \magstep1} %was 1314
-\setfont\deftt{tt10 scaled \magstep1}
+\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
 \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
 
 % Fonts for indices and small examples.
@@ -963,66 +1033,70 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that.
 % Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they
 % aren't very useful.
-\setfont\ninett{tt9}
-\setfont\indrm{r9}
-\setfont\indit{sl9}
+\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\indit\slshape{9}{1000}
 \let\indsl=\indit
 \let\indtt=\ninett
+\let\indttsl=\ninett
 \let\indsf=\indrm
 \let\indbf=\indrm
-\setfont\indsc{csc10 at 9pt}
+\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900}
 \font\indi=cmmi9
 \font\indsy=cmsy9
 
 % Fonts for headings
-\setfont\chaprm{bx12 scaled \magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit{ti12 scaled \magstep2}
-\setfont\chapsl{sl12 scaled \magstep2}
-\setfont\chaptt{tt12 scaled \magstep2}
-\setfont\chapsf{ss12 scaled \magstep2}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep2}
 \let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc{csc10 scaled\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
 \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
 
-\setfont\secrm{bx12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\secit{ti12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\secsl{sl12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\sectt{tt12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\secsf{ss12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\secbf{bx12 scaled \magstep1}
-\setfont\secsc{csc10 scaled\magstep2}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
 \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
 
-% \setfont\ssecrm{bx10 scaled \magstep1}    % This size an font looked bad.
-% \setfont\ssecit{cmti10 scaled \magstep1}    % The letters were too crowded.
-% \setfont\ssecsl{sl10 scaled \magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssectt{tt10 scaled \magstep1}
-% \setfont\ssecsf{ss10 scaled \magstep1}
+% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1}    % This size an font looked bad.
+% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1}    % The letters were too crowded.
+% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}
+% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1}
 
-%\setfont\ssecrm{b10 scaled 1315}	% Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
-%\setfont\ssecit{ti10 scaled 1315}	% Also, the size is a little larger than
-%\setfont\ssecsl{sl10 scaled 1315}	% being scaled magstep1.
-%\setfont\ssectt{tt10 scaled 1315}
-%\setfont\ssecsf{ss10 scaled 1315}
+%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315}	% Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx.
+%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315}	% Also, the size is a little larger than
+%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315}	% being scaled magstep1.
+%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315}
+%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315}
 
 %\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm
 
-\setfont\ssecrm{bx12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit{ti12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecsl{sl12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssectt{tt12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecsf{ss12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecbf{bx12 scaled \magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecsc{csc10 scaled \magstep1}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
 \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
 % The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
 % but that is not a standard magnification.
 
 % Fonts for title page:
-\setfont\titlerm{bx12 scaled \magstep3}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
 \let\authorrm = \secrm
 
 % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
@@ -1041,33 +1115,33 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
 % of just \STYLE.  We do this so that font changes will continue to work
 % in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
-% cases, not the current.  Plain TeX does, for example,
-% \def\bf{\fam=\bffam \tenbf}  By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need
-% to redefine \bf itself.
+% cases, not the current font.  Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
+% \tenbf}, for example.  By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
+% redefine \bf itself.
 \def\textfonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
   \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
-  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
+  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
   \resetmathfonts}
 \def\chapfonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
   \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
-  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
+  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
   \resetmathfonts}
 \def\secfonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
   \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
-  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
+  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
   \resetmathfonts}
 \def\subsecfonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
   \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
-  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
+  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
   \resetmathfonts}
 \def\indexfonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl
   \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc
-  \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy
+  \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl
   \resetmathfonts}
 
 % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
@@ -1078,9 +1152,9 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
 
 % Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm{r12}
-\setfont\shortcontbf{bx12}
-\setfont\shortcontsl{sl12}
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
 
 %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
 %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
@@ -1112,10 +1186,11 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 }
 \let\ttfont=\t
 \def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\def\key #1{{\tt \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
 \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
 
 \let\file=\samp
+\let\url=\samp % perhaps include a hypertex \special eventually
 
 % @code is a modification of @t,
 % which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
@@ -1141,7 +1216,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 }
 
 % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overful hboxes
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
 % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
 
 % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
@@ -1170,12 +1245,19 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 
 % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
 % then @kbd has no effect.
-
+%
 \def\xkey{\key}
 \def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
 \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else\tclose{\look}\fi
-\else\tclose{\look}\fi}
+\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi}
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+% 
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
 
 % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
 % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of
@@ -1440,7 +1522,7 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 
 \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
 
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
 
 \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
 \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
@@ -1711,10 +1793,10 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 \flushcr}
 
 % @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
 %
-% @multitable ... @endmultitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
+% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble.  Width
 % can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
 % or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
 
@@ -1723,10 +1805,10 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 % To make preamble:
 %
 % Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: 
-%   @multitable @percentofhsize .2 .3 .5
+%   @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
 %   @item ...
 %
-%   Numbers following @percentofhsize are the percent of the total
+%   Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
 %   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
 %   columns as desired.
 
@@ -1734,7 +1816,16 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 %   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
 %   @item ...
 %   using the widest term desired in each column.
-
+%
+% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
+% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
+% will parse correctly, i.e.,
+%
+%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 
+%      template}
+% Not:
+%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} 
+%      {Column 3 template}
 
 % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column 
 % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
@@ -1759,71 +1850,84 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 %     
 %         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
 %   @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
-%   @endmultitable
+%   @end multitable
 
 % Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @intableparskip will set vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @intableparindent will set paragraph indent in table.
-% @spacebetweencols will set horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @spacebetweenlines will set vertical space to be left between lines.
+% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
+% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items;
+%   0 means it depends on current normal line spacing.
 
 %%%%
 % Dimensions 
 
-\newdimen\intableparskip
-\newdimen\intableparindent
-\newdimen\spacebetweencols
-\newdimen\spacebetweenlines
-\intableparskip=0pt
-\intableparindent=6pt
-\spacebetweencols=12pt
-\spacebetweenlines=12pt
+\newskip\multitableparskip
+\newskip\multitableparindent
+\newdimen\multitablecolspace
+\newskip\multitablelinespace
+\multitableparskip=0pt
+\multitableparindent=6pt
+\multitablecolspace=12pt
+\multitablelinespace=0pt
 
 %%%%
 % Macros used to set up halign preamble:
 \let\endsetuptable\relax
 \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\percentofhsize\relax
-\def\xpercentofhsize{\percentofhsize}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
 \newif\ifsetpercent
 
+%% 2/1/96, to allow fractions to be given with more than one digit.
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {\global\advance\colcount by1 %
+\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}%
+\setuptable}
+
 \newcount\colcount
 \def\setuptable#1{\def\firstarg{#1}%
 \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable\let\go\relax%
 \else
-  \ifx\firstarg\xpercentofhsize\global\setpercenttrue%
+  \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions\global\setpercenttrue%
   \else
     \ifsetpercent
-       \if#1.\else%
-       \global\advance\colcount by1 %
-       \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}%
-       \fi
+       \let\go\pickupwholefraction   % In this case arg of setuptable
+                                     % is the decimal point before the
+                                     % number given in percent of hsize.
+                                     % We don't need this so we don't use it.
     \else
        \global\advance\colcount by1
        \setbox0=\hbox{#1}%
        \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
     \fi%
   \fi%
-  \let\go\setuptable%
+\ifx\go\pickupwholefraction\else\let\go\setuptable\fi%
 \fi\go}
+
 %%%%
 % multitable syntax
-\def\tab{&}
+\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96
+                           % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is
+                           % maintained, even if it is never used.
+
 
 %%%%
-% @multitable ... @endmultitable definitions:
+% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
 
-\def\multitable#1\item{\bgroup
+\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
+
+\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
 \let\item\cr
 \tolerance=9500
 \hbadness=9500
-\parskip=\intableparskip
-\parindent=\intableparindent
+\setmultitablespacing
+\parskip=\multitableparskip
+\parindent=\multitableparindent
 \overfullrule=0pt
 \global\colcount=0\relax%
 \def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\global\everycr{}\cr\egroup\egroup}%
  % To parse everything between @multitable and @item :
-\def\one{#1}\expandafter\setuptable\one\endsetuptable
+\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
  % Need to reset this to 0 after \setuptable.
 \global\colcount=0\relax% 
  %
@@ -1834,9 +1938,9 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax%
 \vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
  % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
- % we will add a \leftskip of \spacebetweencols to all columns after
+ % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
  % the first one.
- %  If a template has been used, we will add \spacebetweencols 
+ %  If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace 
  % to the width of each template entry.
  %  If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
  % we will use that dimension as the width of the column, and
@@ -1848,21 +1952,42 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
   \ifsetpercent
   \else
    % If user has <not> set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
-   % we will advance \hsize by \spacebetweencols 
-  \advance\hsize by \spacebetweencols
+   % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace 
+  \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
   \fi
- % In either case we will make \leftskip=\spacebetweencols:
-\leftskip=\spacebetweencols
+ % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+\leftskip=\multitablecolspace
 \fi
-\noindent##}\cr%
+\noindent##%\par
+%\vskip\multitablelinespace
+}\cr%
  % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
  % each line. Every column  entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. 
  % The table preamble
  % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
-\global\everycr{\noalign{\nointerlineskip\vskip\spacebetweenlines
+\global\everycr{\noalign{\nointerlineskip\vskip\multitablelinespace 
 \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
 \global\colcount=0\relax}}}
 
+\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
+% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
+% current baselineskip.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0\fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing. 
+%%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
 \message{indexing,}
 % Index generation facilities
 
@@ -3847,7 +3972,7 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
   \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
   \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
     % No printed node name was explicitly given.
-    \ifx\SETxref-automatic-section-title\thisisundefined
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
       % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
       \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
     \else
@@ -4250,11 +4375,13 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 }
 
 % Allow control of the text dimensions.  Parameters in order: textheight;
-% textwidth; \voffset; \hoffset (!); binding offset.  All require a dimension;
+% textwidth; voffset; hoffset; binding offset; topskip.
+% All require a dimension;
 % header is additional; added length extends the bottom of the page.
 
-\def\changepagesizes#1#2#3#4#5{
+\def\changepagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{
  \global\vsize= #1
+ \global\topskip= #6
  \advance\vsize by \topskip
  \global\voffset= #3
  \global\hsize= #2
@@ -4267,13 +4394,20 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
  \global\normaloffset= #4
  \global\bindingoffset= #5}
 
-% This layout is compatible with Latex on A4 paper.
-
-\def\afourlatex{\changepagesizes{22cm}{15cm}{7mm}{4.6mm}{5mm}}
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.  Top margin
+% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm.
+\def\afourlatex
+        {\global\tolerance=700
+        \global\hfuzz=1pt
+        \setleading{12pt}
+        \global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt
+        \advance\baselineskip by 1.6pt
+        \changepagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}
+        }
 
 % Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
 \def\afourwide{\afourpaper
-\changepagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}}
+\changepagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}}
 
 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
 \catcode`\"=\other
@@ -4322,14 +4456,7 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi
 \catcode`\_=\active
 \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
 % Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\lvvmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}}
-
-% \lvvmode is equivalent in function to \leavevmode.
-% Using \leavevmode runs into trouble when written out to
-% an index file due to the expansion of \leavevmode into ``\unhbox
-% \voidb@x'' ---which looks to TeX like ``\unhbox \voidb\x'' due to our
-% magic tricks with @.
-\def\lvvmode{\vbox to 0pt{}}
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}}
 
 \catcode`\|=\active
 \def|{{\tt \char '174}}

doc/textutils.texi

@@ -26,31 +26,31 @@
 @ifinfo
 @format
 START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Text utilities: (textutils).  	GNU text utilities.
-* cat: (textutils)cat invocation.		Concatenate and write files.
-* cksum: (textutils)cksum invocation.		Print POSIX CRC checksum.
-* comm: (textutils)comm invocation.		Compare sorted files by line.
-* csplit: (textutils)csplit invocation.		Split by context.
-* cut: (textutils)cut invocation.		Print selected parts of lines.
-* expand: (textutils)expand invocation.		Convert tabs to spaces.
-* fmt: (textutils)fmt invocation.		Reformat paragraph text.
-* fold: (textutils)fold invocation.		Wrap long input lines.
-* head: (textutils)head invocation.		Output the first part of files.
-* join: (textutils)join invocation.		Join lines on a common field.
-* md5sum: (textutils)md5sum invocation.		Print or check message-digests.
-* nl: (textutils)nl invocation.			Number lines and write files.
-* od: (textutils)od invocation.			Dump files in octal, etc.
-* paste: (textutils)paste invocation.		Merge lines of files.
-* pr: (textutils)pr invocation.			Paginate or columnate files.
-* sort: (textutils)sort invocation.		Sort text files.
-* split: (textutils)split invocation.		Split into fixed-size pieces.
-* sum: (textutils)sum invocation.		Print traditional checksum.
-* tac: (textutils)tac invocation.		Reverse files.
-* tail: (textutils)tail invocation.		Output the last part of files.
-* tr: (textutils)tr invocation.			Translate characters.
-* unexpand: (textutils)unexpand invocation.	Convert spaces to tabs.
-* uniq: (textutils)uniq invocation.		Uniqify files.
-* wc: (textutils)wc invocation.			Byte, word, and line counts.
+* Text utilities: (textutils).          GNU text utilities.
+* cat: (textutils)cat invocation.               Concatenate and write files.
+* cksum: (textutils)cksum invocation.           Print @sc{POSIX} CRC checksum.
+* comm: (textutils)comm invocation.             Compare sorted files by line.
+* csplit: (textutils)csplit invocation.         Split by context.
+* cut: (textutils)cut invocation.               Print selected parts of lines.
+* expand: (textutils)expand invocation.         Convert tabs to spaces.
+* fmt: (textutils)fmt invocation.               Reformat paragraph text.
+* fold: (textutils)fold invocation.             Wrap long input lines.
+* head: (textutils)head invocation.             Output the first part of files.
+* join: (textutils)join invocation.             Join lines on a common field.
+* md5sum: (textutils)md5sum invocation.         Print or check message-digests.
+* nl: (textutils)nl invocation.                 Number lines and write files.
+* od: (textutils)od invocation.                 Dump files in octal, etc.
+* paste: (textutils)paste invocation.           Merge lines of files.
+* pr: (textutils)pr invocation.                 Paginate or columnate files.
+* sort: (textutils)sort invocation.             Sort text files.
+* split: (textutils)split invocation.           Split into fixed-size pieces.
+* sum: (textutils)sum invocation.               Print traditional checksum.
+* tac: (textutils)tac invocation.               Reverse files.
+* tail: (textutils)tail invocation.             Output the last part of files.
+* tr: (textutils)tr invocation.                 Translate characters.
+* unexpand: (textutils)unexpand invocation.     Convert spaces to tabs.
+* uniq: (textutils)uniq invocation.             Uniqify files.
+* wc: (textutils)wc invocation.                 Byte, word, and line counts.
 END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
 @end format
 @end ifinfo
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
 @ifinfo
 This file documents the GNU text utilities.
 
-Copyright (C) 1994, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -85,12 +85,12 @@ by the Foundation.
 @titlepage
 @title GNU @code{textutils}
 @subtitle A set of text utilities
-@subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{RELEASEDATE}
+@subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
 @author David MacKenzie et al.
 
 @page
 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ involved in improving this manual.  The entire GNU community will
 benefit.
 
 @cindex POSIX.2
-The GNU text utilities are mostly compatible with the POSIX.2 standard.
+The GNU text utilities are mostly compatible with the @sc{POSIX.2} standard.
 
 @c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
 @c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
@@ -650,8 +650,8 @@ is not given at all, the default is 16.
 
 @end table
 
-The next several options map the old, pre-POSIX format specification
-options to the corresponding POSIX format specs.  GNU @code{od} accepts
+The next several options map the old, pre-@sc{POSIX} format specification
+options to the corresponding @sc{POSIX} format specs.  GNU @code{od} accepts
 any combination of old- and new-style options.  Format specification
 options accumulate.
 
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ address.
 These commands reformat the contents of files.
 
 @menu
-* fmt invocation::		Reformat paragraph text.
+* fmt invocation::              Reformat paragraph text.
 * pr invocation::               Paginate or columnate files for printing.
 * fold invocation::             Wrap input lines to fit in specified width.
 @end menu
@@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ room to balance line lengths.
 @item -p @var{prefix}
 @itemx --prefix=@var{prefix}
 Only lines beginning with @var{prefix} (possibly preceded by whitespace)
-are subject to formatting. The prefix and any preceding whitespace is
+are subject to formatting. The prefix and any preceding whitespace are
 stripped for the formatting and then re-attached to each formatted output
 line.  One use is to format certain kinds of program comments, while
 leaving the code unchanged.
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ contents of files.
 * wc invocation::               Print byte, word, and line counts.
 * sum invocation::              Print checksum and block counts.
 * cksum invocation::            Print CRC checksum and byte counts.
-* md5sum invocation::		Print or check message-digests.
+* md5sum invocation::           Print or check message-digests.
 @end menu
 
 
@@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ by comparing the @code{cksum} output for the received files with the
 @code{cksum} output for the original files (typically given in the
 distribution).
 
-The CRC algorithm is specified by the POSIX.2 standard.  It is not
+The CRC algorithm is specified by the @sc{POSIX.2} standard.  It is not
 compatible with the BSD or System V @code{sum} algorithms (see the
 previous section); it is more robust.
 
@@ -1695,6 +1695,7 @@ mode:
 @cindex checking for sortedness
 Check whether the given files are already sorted: if they are not all
 sorted, print an error message and exit with a status of 1.
+Otherwise, exit successfully.
 
 @item -m
 @opindex -m
@@ -1728,6 +1729,8 @@ input line length or restrictions on bytes allowed within lines.  In
 addition, if the final byte of an input file is not a newline, GNU
 @code{sort} silently supplies one.
 
+Upon any error, @code{sort} exits with a status of @samp{2}.
+
 @vindex TMPDIR
 If the environment variable @code{TMPDIR} is set, @code{sort} uses its
 value as the directory for temporary files instead of @file{/tmp}.  The
@@ -1769,8 +1772,8 @@ like @code{1.0e-34} and @code{10e100}.  Use this option only if there
 is no alternative;  it is much slower than @samp{-n} and numbers with
 too many significant digits will be compared as if they had been
 truncated.  In addition, numbers outside the range of representable
-double precision floating point numbers are treated as if they were zeroes.
-@c FIXME: Someday there will be an option to warn about underflow and overflow.
+double precision floating point numbers are treated as if they were
+zeroes; overflow and underflow are not reported.
 
 @item -i
 @opindex -i
@@ -1793,6 +1796,21 @@ Sort numerically: the number begins each line; specifically, it consists
 of optional whitespace, an optional @samp{-} sign, and zero or more
 digits, optionally followed by a decimal point and zero or more digits.
 
+@code{sort -n} uses what might be considered an unconventional method
+to compare strings representing floating point numbers.  Rather than
+first converting each string to the C @code{double} type and then
+comparing those values, sort aligns the decimal points in the two
+strings and compares the strings a character at a time.  One benefit
+of using this approach is its speed.  In practice this is much more
+efficient than performing the two corresponding string-to-double (or even
+string-to-integer) conversions and then comparing doubles.  In addition,
+there is no corresponding loss of precision.  Converting each string to
+@code{double} before comparison would limit precision to about 16 digits
+on most systems.
+
+Neither a leading @samp{+} nor exponential notation is recognized.
+To compare such strings numerically, use the @samp{-g} option.
+
 @item -r
 @opindex -r
 @cindex reverse sorting
@@ -1834,11 +1852,21 @@ check that no pair of consecutive lines compares equal.
 @item -k @var{pos1}[,@var{pos2}]
 @opindex -k
 @cindex sort field
-The recommended, POSIX, option for specifying a sort field.  The field
+The recommended, @sc{POSIX}, option for specifying a sort field.  The field
 consists of the line between @var{pos1} and @var{pos2} (or the end of
 the line, if @var{pos2} is omitted), inclusive.  Fields and character
 positions are numbered starting with 1.  See below.
 
+@item -z
+@opindex -z
+@cindex sort zero-terminated lines
+Treat the input as a set of lines, each terminated by a zero byte (@sc{ASCII}
+@sc{NUL} (Null) character) instead of a @sc{ASCII} @sc{LF} (Line Feed.)
+This option can be useful in conjunction with @samp{perl -0} or
+@samp{find -print0} and @samp{xargs -0} which do the same in order to
+reliably handle arbitrary pathnames (even those which contain Line Feed
+characters.)
+
 @item +@var{pos1}[-@var{pos2}]
 The obsolete, traditional option for specifying a sort field.  The field
 consists of the line between @var{pos1} and up to but @emph{not including}
@@ -1853,9 +1881,9 @@ options}.
 
 Historical (BSD and System V) implementations of @code{sort} have
 differed in their interpretation of some options, particularly
-@samp{-b}, @samp{-f}, and @samp{-n}.  GNU sort follows the POSIX
+@samp{-b}, @samp{-f}, and @samp{-n}.  GNU sort follows the @sc{POSIX}
 behavior, which is usually (but not always!) like the System V behavior.
-According to POSIX, @samp{-n} no longer implies @samp{-b}.  For
+According to @sc{POSIX}, @samp{-n} no longer implies @samp{-b}.  For
 consistency, @samp{-M} has been changed in the same way.  This may
 affect the meaning of character positions in field specifications in
 obscure cases.  The only fix is to add an explicit @samp{-b}.
@@ -1883,7 +1911,7 @@ from the global options it will be attached to both.  If a @samp{-n} or
 fields.
 
 Here are some examples to illustrate various combinations of options.
-In them, the POSIX @samp{-k} option is used to specify sort keys rather
+In them, the @sc{POSIX} @samp{-k} option is used to specify sort keys rather
 than the obsolete @samp{+@var{pos1}-@var{pos2}} syntax.
 
 @itemize @bullet
@@ -1940,6 +1968,16 @@ An alternative is to use the global numeric modifier @samp{-n}.
 sort -t : -n -k 5b,5 -k 3,3 /etc/passwd
 @end example
 
+@item
+Generate a tags file in case insensitive sorted order.
+@example
+find src -type f -print0 | sort -t / -z -f | xargs -0 etags --append
+@end example
+
+The use of @samp{-print0}, @samp{-z}, and @samp{-0} in this case mean
+that pathnames that contain Line Feed characters will not get broken up
+by the sort operation.
+
 Finally, to ignore both leading and trailing white space, you
 could have applied the @samp{b} modifier to the field-end specifier
 for the first key,
@@ -2012,6 +2050,12 @@ the field and character skipping options, fields are skipped over first.
 @opindex --count
 Print the number of times each line occurred along with the line.
 
+@item -i
+@itemx --ignore-case
+@opindex -i
+@opindex --ignore-case
+Ignore differences in case when comparing lines.
+
 @item -d
 @itemx --repeated
 @opindex -d
@@ -2204,7 +2248,9 @@ Either @var{file1} or @var{file2} (but not both) can be @samp{-},
 meaning standard input.  @var{file1} and @var{file2} should be already
 sorted in increasing order (not numerically) on the join fields; unless
 the @samp{-t} option is given, they should be sorted ignoring blanks at
-the start of the line, as in @code{sort -b}.
+the start of the join field, as in @code{sort -b}.  If the
+@samp{--ignore-case} option is given, lines should be sorted without
+regard to the case of characters in the join field, as in @code{sort -f}.
 
 The defaults are: the join field is the first field in each line;
 fields in the input are separated by one or more blanks, with leading
@@ -2226,6 +2272,14 @@ Print a line for each unpairable line in file @var{file-number} (either
 Replace those output fields that are missing in the input with
 @var{string}.
 
+@item -i
+@itemx --ignore-case
+@opindex -i
+@opindex --ignore-case
+Ignore differences in case when comparing keys.
+With this option, the lines of the input files must be ordered in the same way.
+Use @samp{sort -f} to produce this ordering.
+
 @item -1 @var{field}
 @itemx -j1 @var{field}
 @opindex -1
@@ -2254,7 +2308,7 @@ to the join field.  However, when printing unpairable lines
 (using either of the @samp{-a} or @samp{-v} options), there is no way
 to specify the join field using @var{m.n} in @var{field-list}
 if there are unpairable lines in both files.
-To give @code{join} that functionality, POSIX invented the @samp{0}
+To give @code{join} that functionality, @sc{POSIX} invented the @samp{0}
 field specification notation.
 
 The elements in @var{field-list}
@@ -2497,7 +2551,7 @@ typically have the same length.  If @var{set1} is shorter than
 @var{set2}, the extra characters at the end of @var{set2} are ignored.
 
 On the other hand, making @var{set1} longer than @var{set2} is not
-portable; POSIX.2 says that the result is undefined.  In this situation,
+portable; @sc{POSIX.2} says that the result is undefined.  In this situation,
 BSD @code{tr} pads @var{set2} to the length of @var{set1} by repeating
 the last character of @var{set2} as many times as necessary.  System V
 @code{tr} truncates @var{set1} to the length of @var{set2}.
@@ -2577,7 +2631,7 @@ tr -s '\n'
 @vindex POSIXLY_CORRECT
 Setting the environment variable @code{POSIXLY_CORRECT} turns off the
 following warning and error messages, for strict compliance with
-POSIX.2.  Otherwise, the following diagnostics are issued:
+@sc{POSIX.2}.  Otherwise, the following diagnostics are issued:
 
 @enumerate
 
@@ -2585,7 +2639,7 @@ POSIX.2.  Otherwise, the following diagnostics are issued:
 When the @samp{--delete} option is given but @samp{--squeeze-repeats}
 is not, and @var{set2} is given, GNU @code{tr} by default prints
 a usage message and exits, because @var{set2} would not be used.
-The POSIX specification says that @var{set2} must be ignored in
+The @sc{POSIX} specification says that @var{set2} must be ignored in
 this case. Silently ignoring arguments is a bad idea.
 
 @item
@@ -2596,7 +2650,7 @@ value 400 octal does not fit into a single byte.
 @end enumerate
 
 GNU @code{tr} does not provide complete BSD or System V compatibility.
-For example, it is impossible to disable interpretation of the POSIX
+For example, it is impossible to disable interpretation of the @sc{POSIX}
 constructs @samp{[:alpha:]}, @samp{[=c=]}, and @samp{[c*10]}.  Also, GNU
 @code{tr} does not delete zero bytes automatically, unlike traditional
 Unix versions, which provide no way to preserve zero bytes.
@@ -2700,8 +2754,8 @@ ones, to tabs.
 @end table
 
 
-@c		What's GNU?
-@c		Arnold Robbins
+@c              What's GNU?
+@c              Arnold Robbins
 @node Opening the software toolbox
 @chapter Opening the software toolbox
 

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -6,3 +6,5 @@ safe-stat.c
 safe-lstat.c
 safe-lstat.h
 getdate.tab.c
+.deps
+group_member.c

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -1,22 +1,43 @@
+## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
 noinst_LIBRARIES = fu
 
-DIST_OTHER = alloca.c euidaccess.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c \
-getdate.y memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c \
-posixtm.y rename.c rmdir.c stpcpy.c strdup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c
+EXTRA_DIST = alloca.c basename.c error.c euidaccess.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c \
+ftruncate.c getdate.y getopt.c getopt1.c group-member.c \
+memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c \
+mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c posixtm.y rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c \
+stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c
 
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir)
 
-fu_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
-
-HEADERS = backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h getopt.h \
-group-member.h long-options.h makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h \
-obstack.h pathmax.h save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
-
-CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
-
-fu_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
-dirname.c error.c fileblocks.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c getopt.c getopt1.c getversion.c group-member.c idcache.c \
-isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c obstack.c \
+fu_SOURCES = getdate.c getline.c posixtm.c argmatch.c backupfile.c \
+dirname.c fileblocks.c filemode.c \
+full-write.c getversion.c idcache.c \
+isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c path-concat.c \
 safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
 xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+
+fu_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+
+noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h makepath.h modechange.h \
+mountlist.h obstack.h path-concat.h pathmax.h save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+
+BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
+
+# Since this directory contains two parsers, we have to be careful to avoid
+# running two $(YACC)s during parallel makes.  See below.
+getdate.c: @MAINT@getdate.y
+	@echo expect 10 shift/reduce conflicts
+	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/getdate.y
+	mv y.tab.c getdate.c
+
+# Make the rename atomic, in case sed is interrupted and later rerun.
+# The artificial dependency on getdate.c keeps the two parsers from being
+# built in parallel.  Enforcing this little bit of sequentiality lets
+# everyone (even those without bison) still run mostly parallel builds.
+posixtm.c: @MAINT@posixtm.y getdate.c
+	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/posixtm.y
+	mv y.tab.c posixtm.tab.c
+	sed -e 's/yy/zz/g' posixtm.tab.c > tposixtm.c
+	mv tposixtm.c posixtm.c
+	rm -f posixtm.tab.c

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,20 +1,9 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 0.25 from Makefile.am
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1c from Makefile.am
 
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
 
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307, USA.
 
 SHELL = /bin/sh
 
@@ -41,6 +30,8 @@ pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
 
+top_builddir = ..
+
 INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
@@ -49,74 +40,108 @@ transform = @program_transform_name@
 
 noinst_LIBRARIES = fu
 
-DIST_OTHER = alloca.c euidaccess.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c \
-getdate.y memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c \
-posixtm.y rename.c rmdir.c stpcpy.c strdup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c
+EXTRA_DIST = alloca.c basename.c error.c euidaccess.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c \
+ftruncate.c getdate.y getopt.c getopt1.c group-member.c \
+memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c \
+mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c posixtm.y rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c \
+stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c
 
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir)
 
-fu_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
-
-HEADERS = backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h getopt.h \
-group-member.h long-options.h makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h \
-obstack.h pathmax.h save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
-
-CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
-
-fu_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
-dirname.c error.c fileblocks.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c getopt.c getopt1.c getversion.c group-member.c idcache.c \
-isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c obstack.c \
+fu_SOURCES = getdate.c getline.c posixtm.c argmatch.c backupfile.c \
+dirname.c fileblocks.c filemode.c \
+full-write.c getversion.c idcache.c \
+isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c path-concat.c \
 safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
 xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
 
+fu_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+
+noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
+getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h makepath.h modechange.h \
+mountlist.h obstack.h path-concat.h pathmax.h save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+
+BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
+mkinstalldirs = $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
 LIBRARIES = $(noinst_LIBRARIES)
 
 noinst_LIBFILES = libfu.a
-CC = @CC@
-LEX = @LEX@
-YACC = @YACC@
 
-DEFS = @DEFS@
+DEFS = @DEFS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
 CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
 LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
 LIBS = @LIBS@
-
-COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-LINK = $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
-
-fu_OBJECTS = getdate.o posixtm.o argmatch.o backupfile.o basename.o dirname.o error.o fileblocks.o filemode.o full-write.o getopt.o getopt1.o getversion.o group-member.o idcache.o isdir.o long-options.o makepath.o modechange.o obstack.o safe-read.o save-cwd.o savedir.o stripslash.o userspec.o xgetcwd.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrtol.o xstrtoul.o yesno.o
-LIBFILES = libfu.a
+fu_DEPENDENCIES =  @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+fu_OBJECTS = getdate.o getline.o posixtm.o argmatch.o backupfile.o \
+dirname.o fileblocks.o filemode.o full-write.o getversion.o idcache.o \
+isdir.o long-options.o makepath.o modechange.o path-concat.o \
+safe-read.o save-cwd.o savedir.o stripslash.o userspec.o xgetcwd.o \
+xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrtol.o xstrtoul.o yesno.o
+EXTRA_fu_SOURCES =
+LIBFILES =  libfu.a
 AR = ar
 RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+CC = @CC@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
+LINK = $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+HEADERS = $(noinst_HEADERS)
+
+DIST_COMMON = Makefile.am Makefile.in
 
-DIST_COMMON = Makefile.in Makefile.am
 
 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
 VERSION = @VERSION@
 
-DISTFILES = $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(INFOS) $(MANS) \
-	$(DIST_OTHER) $(DIST_COMMON) $(DATA)
-
-subdir = lib
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
+	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
+DEP_DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
+	$(TEXINFOS) $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST) $(DATA)
 
+TAR = tar
+DEP_FILES = $(srcdir)/.deps/alloca.P $(srcdir)/.deps/argmatch.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/backupfile.P $(srcdir)/.deps/dirname.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/error.P $(srcdir)/.deps/fileblocks.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/filemode.P $(srcdir)/.deps/fnmatch.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/fsusage.P $(srcdir)/.deps/ftruncate.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/full-write.P $(srcdir)/.deps/getdate.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/getline.P $(srcdir)/.deps/getopt.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/getopt1.P $(srcdir)/.deps/getversion.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/idcache.P $(srcdir)/.deps/isdir.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/long-options.P $(srcdir)/.deps/makepath.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/modechange.P $(srcdir)/.deps/mountlist.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/obstack.P $(srcdir)/.deps/path-concat.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/posixtm.P $(srcdir)/.deps/safe-read.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/save-cwd.P $(srcdir)/.deps/savedir.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/stripslash.P $(srcdir)/.deps/userspec.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/xgetcwd.P $(srcdir)/.deps/xmalloc.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/xstrdup.P $(srcdir)/.deps/xstrtol.P \
+$(srcdir)/.deps/xstrtoul.P $(srcdir)/.deps/yesno.P
 SOURCES = $(fu_SOURCES)
 OBJECTS = $(fu_OBJECTS)
 
 default: all
 
+
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake $(subdir)/Makefile
+
+Makefile: $(top_builddir)/config.status Makefile.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
+
 mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 
 clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
-	rm -f $(noinst_LIBFILES)
+	test -z "$(noinst_LIBFILES)" || rm -f $(noinst_LIBFILES)
 
 distclean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 
 maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES:
 
 .c.o:
-	$(COMPILE) $<
+	$(COMPILE) -c $<
 
 mostlyclean-compile:
 	rm -f *.o core
@@ -127,94 +152,90 @@ distclean-compile:
 	rm -f *.tab.c
 
 maintainer-clean-compile:
-
 $(fu_OBJECTS): ../config.h
-libfu.a: $(fu_OBJECTS) $(fu_LIBADD)
+
+libfu.a: $(fu_OBJECTS) $(fu_DEPENDENCIES)
 	rm -f libfu.a
 	$(AR) cru libfu.a $(fu_OBJECTS) $(fu_LIBADD)
 	$(RANLIB) libfu.a
 
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake $(subdir)/Makefile
-
-Makefile: ../config.status Makefile.in
-	cd .. && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
-
-id: ID
-
-ID:
-	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f $$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)
 
 tags: TAGS
 
-TAGS:
-	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES)
+	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS
 
 mostlyclean-tags:
 
 clean-tags:
 
 distclean-tags:
-	rm -f TAGS ID
 
 maintainer-clean-tags:
+	rm -f TAGS ID
 
-distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
-dist: $(DISTFILES)
-	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do		\
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file || {	\
-	    echo linking $$file;		\
-	    ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
-	  } || {				\
-	    echo copying $$file instead;	\
-	    cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
-	  };					\
+distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+
+subdir = lib
+distdir: $(DEP_DISTFILES)
+	@for file in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $(DISTFILES)`; do \
+	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	  || ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	  || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
 	done
 
-# This fragment is probably only useful for maintainers.  It relies on
-# GNU make and gcc.  It is only included in the generated Makefile.in
-# if `automake' is not passed the `--include-deps' flag.
+MKDEP = gcc -MM $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
 
-MKDEP = gcc -MM
-
-DEP_FILES = $(patsubst %.${kr}o,.deps/%.P,$(OBJECTS))
-
--include .deps/.P
-.deps/.P:
-	test -d .deps || mkdir .deps
-	: > $@
+-include $(srcdir)/.deps/.P
+$(srcdir)/.deps/.P: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	cd $(srcdir) && test -d .deps || mkdir .deps
+	echo > $@
 
 -include $(DEP_FILES)
-$(DEP_FILES): .deps/.P
+$(DEP_FILES): $(srcdir)/.deps/.P
 
-.deps/%.P: %.c
+$(srcdir)/.deps/%.P: $(srcdir)/%.c
 	@echo "mkdeps $< > $@"
-	@$(MKDEP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $< > $@-tmp
-	@mv $@-tmp $@
+	@re=`echo 's,^$(srcdir)//*,,g;s, $(srcdir)//*, ,g' | sed 's,\.,\\\\.,g'`; \
+	  $(MKDEP) $< | sed "$$re" > $@-tmp
+	@if test -n "$o"; then			\
+	  sed 's/\.o:/$$o:/' $@-tmp > $@;	\
+	  rm $@-tmp;				\
+	else					\
+	  mv $@-tmp $@;				\
+	fi
+info:
 
-# End of maintainer-only section
+dvi:
 
-all: $(LIBFILES)
+check: all
 
-info: 
+installcheck:
 
-dvi: 
+install-exec: 
 
-check: 
+install-data: 
 
-installcheck: 
-
-install: 
+install: install-exec install-data all
+	@:
 
 uninstall: 
 
+all: $(LIBFILES) $(HEADERS) Makefile
+
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
 installdirs:
 
+
 mostlyclean-generic:
 	test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
 
 clean-generic:
 	test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 distclean-generic:
 	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
@@ -222,23 +243,53 @@ distclean-generic:
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
 	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+	test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile \
+		mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic
 
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic
+clean:  clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-tags clean-generic \
+		mostlyclean 
 
-clean: mostlyclean clean-noinstLIBRARIES clean-compile clean-tags clean-generic
-
-distclean: clean distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-tags distclean-generic
+distclean:  distclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-compile distclean-tags \
+		distclean-generic clean 
 	rm -f config.status
 
-maintainer-clean: distclean maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-tags maintainer-clean-generic
+maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
+		maintainer-clean-compile maintainer-clean-tags \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean 
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
+.PHONY: default mostlyclean-noinstLIBRARIES distclean-noinstLIBRARIES \
+clean-noinstLIBRARIES maintainer-clean-noinstLIBRARIES \
+mostlyclean-compile distclean-compile clean-compile \
+maintainer-clean-compile tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags \
+clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info dvi check installcheck \
+install-exec install-data install uninstall all installdirs \
+mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
+maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
+
+# Since this directory contains two parsers, we have to be careful to avoid
+# running two $(YACC)s during parallel makes.  See below.
+getdate.c: @MAINT@getdate.y
+	@echo expect 10 shift/reduce conflicts
+	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/getdate.y
+	mv y.tab.c getdate.c
+
+# Make the rename atomic, in case sed is interrupted and later rerun.
+# The artificial dependency on getdate.c keeps the two parsers from being
+# built in parallel.  Enforcing this little bit of sequentiality lets
+# everyone (even those without bison) still run mostly parallel builds.
+posixtm.c: @MAINT@posixtm.y getdate.c
+	$(YACC) $(srcdir)/posixtm.y
+	mv y.tab.c posixtm.tab.c
+	sed -e 's/yy/zz/g' posixtm.tab.c > tposixtm.c
+	mv tposixtm.c posixtm.c
+	rm -f posixtm.tab.c
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o
 
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
 .NOEXPORT:
-

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
 
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ extern char *program_name;
 
 int
 argmatch (arg, optlist)
-     char *arg;
-     char **optlist;
+     const char *arg;
+     const char *const *optlist;
 {
   int i;			/* Temporary index in OPTLIST.  */
   size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ argmatch (arg, optlist)
 
 void
 invalid_arg (kind, value, problem)
-     char *kind;
-     char *value;
+     const char *kind;
+     const char *value;
      int problem;
 {
   fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);

lib/argmatch.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H
+#define ARGMATCH_H 1
+
+#ifndef __P
+# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+
+int
+  argmatch __P ((const char *arg, const char *const *optlist));
+
+void
+  invalid_arg __P ((const char *kind, const char *value, int problem));
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H */

lib/backupfile.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
    Some algorithms adapted from GNU Emacs. */
@@ -63,12 +63,12 @@ char *malloc ();
 #endif
 
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
 
-#define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+#define ISDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN ((unsigned char) (c)) \
 		    && isdigit ((unsigned char) (c)))
 
 #if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ static int version_number ();
 
 char *
 find_backup_file_name (file)
-     char *file;
+     const char *file;
 {
   char *dir;
   char *base_versions;
@@ -137,13 +137,14 @@ find_backup_file_name (file)
 
 static int
 max_backup_version (file, dir)
-     char *file, *dir;
+     const char *file;
+     const char *dir;
 {
   DIR *dirp;
   struct dirent *dp;
   int highest_version;
   int this_version;
-  int file_name_length;
+  size_t file_name_length;
 
   dirp = opendir (dir);
   if (!dirp)
@@ -171,7 +172,7 @@ max_backup_version (file, dir)
 
 static char *
 make_version_name (file, version)
-     char *file;
+     const char *file;
      int version;
 {
   char *backup_name;
@@ -189,12 +190,12 @@ make_version_name (file, version)
 
 static int
 version_number (base, backup, base_length)
-     char *base;
-     char *backup;
+     const char *base;
+     const char *backup;
      int base_length;
 {
   int version;
-  char *p;
+  const char *p;
 
   version = 0;
   if (!strncmp (base, backup, base_length) && ISDIGIT (backup[base_length]))
@@ -212,7 +213,8 @@ version_number (base, backup, base_length)
 
 static char *
 concat (str1, str2)
-     char *str1, *str2;
+     const char *str1;
+     const char *str2;
 {
   char *newstr;
   int str1_length = strlen (str1);

lib/backupfile.h

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* When to make backup files. */
 enum backup_type
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ extern enum backup_type backup_type;
 extern char *simple_backup_suffix;
 
 #ifdef __STDC__
-char *find_backup_file_name (char *file);
+char *find_backup_file_name (const char *file);
 #else
 char *find_backup_file_name ();
 #endif

lib/basename.c

@@ -12,30 +12,27 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
-#else
-#include <strings.h>
-#ifndef strrchr
-#define strrchr rindex
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/* Return NAME with any leading path stripped off.  */
+/* Return NAME with any leading path stripped off.
+   Don't use strrchr/rindex.  */
 
 char *
 basename (name)
      const char *name;
 {
-  char *base;
+  const char *base = name;
 
-  base = strrchr (name, '/');
-  return base ? base + 1 : (char *) name;
+  while (*name)
+    {
+      if (*name == '/')
+	base = name + 1;
+      ++name;
+    }
+  return (char *) base;
 }

lib/canon-host.c

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* Host name canonicalization
+
+   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+   your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_NETDB_H
+# include <netdb.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
+# include <sys/socket.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
+# include <netinet/in.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_ARPA_INET_H
+# include <arpa/inet.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Returns the canonical hostname associated with HOST (allocated in a static
+   buffer), or 0 if it can't be determined.  */
+char *
+canon_host (host)
+     char *host;
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
+  struct hostent *he = gethostbyname (host);
+
+  if (he)
+    {
+# ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR
+      char *addr = 0;
+
+      /* Try and get an ascii version of the numeric host address.  */
+      switch (he->h_addrtype)
+	{
+#  ifdef HAVE_INET_NTOA
+	case AF_INET:
+	  addr = inet_ntoa (*(struct in_addr *) he->h_addr);
+	  break;
+#  endif /* HAVE_INET_NTOA */
+	}
+
+      if (addr && strcmp (he->h_name, addr) == 0)
+	/* gethostbyname() cheated!  Lookup the host name via the address
+	   this time to get the actual host name.  */
+	he = gethostbyaddr (he->h_addr, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+# endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR */
+
+      if (he)
+	return (char *) (he->h_name);
+    }
+#endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME */
+  return 0;
+}

lib/dirname.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/error.c

@@ -1,24 +1,24 @@
 /* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -43,27 +43,39 @@
 void exit ();
 #endif
 
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
-unsigned int error_message_count;
+#ifndef _
+# define _(String) String
+#endif
 
 /* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
    name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
    function without parameters instead.  */
-void (*error_print_progname) () = NULL;
+void (*error_print_progname) (
+#if __STDC__ - 0
+			      void
+#endif
+			      );
+
+/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
+unsigned int error_message_count;
 
 #ifdef _LIBC
-#define program_name program_invocation_name
-#endif
+/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
+
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+# include <errno.h>
+
+#else
 
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
    name of the executing program.  */
 extern char *program_name;
 
-#if HAVE_STRERROR || _LIBC
-# ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
+# if HAVE_STRERROR
+#  ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
 char *strerror ();
-# endif
-#else
+#  endif
+# else
 static char *
 private_strerror (errnum)
      int errnum;
@@ -73,10 +85,11 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
 
   if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
     return sys_errlist[errnum];
-  return "Unknown system error";
+  return _("Unknown system error");
 }
-#define strerror private_strerror
-#endif
+#  define strerror private_strerror
+# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR */
+#endif	/* _LIBC */
 
 /* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
    format string with optional args.
@@ -120,7 +133,74 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
 #endif
 
   ++error_message_count;
-
+  if (errnum)
+    fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+int error_one_per_line;
+
+void
+#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
+error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
+#else
+error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
+     int status;
+     int errnum;
+     const char *file_name;
+     unsigned int line_number;
+     char *message;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef VA_START
+  va_list args;
+#endif
+
+  if (error_one_per_line)
+    {
+      static const char *old_file_name;
+      static unsigned int old_line_number;
+
+      if (old_line_number == line_number &&
+	  (file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name)))
+	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
+	return;
+
+      old_file_name = file_name;
+      old_line_number = line_number;
+    }
+
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+      fflush (stdout);
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
+    }
+
+  if (file_name != NULL)
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+  VA_START (args, message);
+# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
+  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+# else
+  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
+# endif
+  va_end (args);
+#else
+  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
+#endif
+
+  ++error_message_count;
   if (errnum)
     fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
   putc ('\n', stderr);

lib/error.h

@@ -1,44 +1,65 @@
 /* error.h -- declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _error_h_
-#define _error_h_
+# define _error_h_
 
-#ifndef __attribute__
+# ifndef __attribute__
 /* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
-# endif
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#   define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+#  endif
 /* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
    are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
-#  define __format__ format
-#  define __printf__ printf
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#   define __format__ format
+#   define __printf__ printf
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif
 
-#if __STDC__
-void error (int, int, const char *, ...) \
-  __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
-#else
+# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+
+/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
+   if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
+   If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'.  */
+
+extern void error (int status, int errnum, const char *format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+
+extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
+			   unsigned int lineno, const char *format, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
+
+/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
+   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
+   function without parameters instead.  */
+extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
+
+# else
 void error ();
-#endif
+void error_at_line ();
+extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
+# endif
 
 /* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
 extern unsigned int error_message_count;
 
+/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
+   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
+extern int error_one_per_line;
+
 #endif /* _error_h_ */

lib/euidaccess.c

@@ -15,51 +15,51 @@ Library General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
 License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
-not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place -
+Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie and Torbjorn Granlund.
    Adapted for GNU C library by Roland McGrath.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
 #ifdef S_IEXEC
-#ifndef S_IXUSR
-#define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IXGRP
-#define S_IXGRP (S_IEXEC >> 3)
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IXOTH
-#define S_IXOTH (S_IEXEC >> 6)
-#endif
+# ifndef S_IXUSR
+#  define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
+# endif
+# ifndef S_IXGRP
+#  define S_IXGRP (S_IEXEC >> 3)
+# endif
+# ifndef S_IXOTH
+#  define S_IXOTH (S_IEXEC >> 6)
+# endif
 #endif /* S_IEXEC */
 
 #if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) || defined (_LIBC)
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef _POSIX_VERSION
-#include <limits.h>
-#if !defined(NGROUPS_MAX) || NGROUPS_MAX < 1
-#undef NGROUPS_MAX
-#define NGROUPS_MAX sysconf (_SC_NGROUPS_MAX)
-#endif /* NGROUPS_MAX */
+# include <limits.h>
+# if !defined(NGROUPS_MAX) || NGROUPS_MAX < 1
+#  undef NGROUPS_MAX
+#  define NGROUPS_MAX sysconf (_SC_NGROUPS_MAX)
+# endif /* NGROUPS_MAX */
 
 #else /* not _POSIX_VERSION */
 uid_t getuid ();
 gid_t getgid ();
 uid_t geteuid ();
 gid_t getegid ();
-#include <sys/param.h>
-#if !defined(NGROUPS_MAX) && defined(NGROUPS)
-#define NGROUPS_MAX NGROUPS
-#endif /* not NGROUPS_MAX and NGROUPS */
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# if !defined(NGROUPS_MAX) && defined(NGROUPS)
+#  define NGROUPS_MAX NGROUPS
+# endif /* not NGROUPS_MAX and NGROUPS */
 #endif /* not POSIX_VERSION */
 
 #include <errno.h>
@@ -68,20 +68,31 @@ extern int errno;
 #endif
 
 #if defined(EACCES) && !defined(EACCESS)
-#define EACCESS EACCES
+# define EACCESS EACCES
 #endif
 
 #ifndef F_OK
-#define F_OK 0
-#define X_OK 1
-#define W_OK 2
-#define R_OK 4
+# define F_OK 0
+# define X_OK 1
+# define W_OK 2
+# define R_OK 4
 #endif
 
+#if !defined (S_IROTH) && defined (R_OK)
+# define S_IROTH R_OK
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (S_IWOTH) && defined (W_OK)
+# define S_IWOTH W_OK
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (S_IXOTH) && defined (X_OK)
+# define S_IXOTH X_OK
+#endif
 
 #ifdef _LIBC
 
-#define group_member __group_member
+# define group_member __group_member
 
 #else
 
@@ -100,11 +111,11 @@ static gid_t egid;
 /* Nonzero if UID, GID, EUID, and EGID have valid values. */
 static int have_ids = 0;
 
-#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+# ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
 int group_member ();
-#else
-#define group_member(gid)	0
-#endif
+# else
+#  define group_member(gid)	0
+# endif
 
 #endif
 

lib/fileblocks.c

@@ -12,32 +12,32 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by Brian L. Matthews, blm@6sceng.UUCP. */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #if !defined (HAVE_ST_BLOCKS) && !defined(_POSIX_VERSION)
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/param.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/param.h>
 
-#ifndef NINDIR
+# ifndef NINDIR
 /* Some SysV's, like Irix, seem to lack these.  Hope they're correct. */
 /* Size of a indirect block, in bytes. */
-#ifndef BSIZE
-#define BSIZE 1024
-#endif
+#  ifndef BSIZE
+#   define BSIZE 1024
+#  endif
 
 /* Number of inode pointers per indirect block. */
-#define NINDIR (BSIZE/sizeof(daddr_t))
-#endif /* !NINDIR */
+#  define NINDIR (BSIZE/sizeof(daddr_t))
+# endif /* !NINDIR */
 
 /* Number of direct block addresses in an inode. */
-#define NDIR	10
+# define NDIR	10
 
 /* Return the number of 512-byte blocks in a file of SIZE bytes. */
 
@@ -63,4 +63,8 @@ st_blocks (size)
 
   return datablks + indrblks;
 }
+#else
+/* This declaration is solely to ensure that after preprocessing
+   this file is never empty.  */
+extern int textutils_fileblocks_unused;
 #endif

lib/filemode.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/fnmatch.h

@@ -1,48 +1,57 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-License, or (at your option) any later version.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
-not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
 
 #define	_FNMATCH_H	1
 
 #ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C"
-{
+extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 #if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
 #undef	__P
-#define	__P(args)	args
+#define	__P(protos)	protos
 #else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
 #undef	__P
-#define	__P(args)	()
-#undef	const
-#define	const
+#define	__P(protos)	()
+/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
+   it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
+   non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical.  */
 #endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
 
-/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
-#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0)/* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
-#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1)/* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
-#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2)/* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
-#define	FNM_TARPATH	(1 << 4)/* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
-#define	__FNM_FLAGS	(FNM_PATHNAME|FNM_NOESCAPE|FNM_PERIOD|FNM_TARPATH)
 
-#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined (_BSD_SOURCE)
-#define	FNM_FILE_NAME	FNM_PATHNAME
+/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
+   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
+#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
+#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
+#undef	FNM_PERIOD
+
+/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
+#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
+#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
+#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
+
+#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
+#define	FNM_FILE_NAME	FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name.  */
+#define	FNM_LEADING_DIR	(1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
+#define	FNM_CASEFOLD	(1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case.  */
 #endif
 
 /* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
@@ -50,12 +59,11 @@ extern "C"
 
 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
    returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
-  extern int fnmatch __P ((const char *__pattern, const char *__string,
-			   int __flags));
+extern int fnmatch __P ((const char *__pattern, const char *__string,
+			 int __flags));
 
 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 }
-
 #endif
 
 #endif /* fnmatch.h */

lib/fsusage.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -37,7 +37,11 @@ int statfs ();
 #include <sys/vfs.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILSYS_H
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FS_S5PARAM_H /* Fujitsu UXP/V */
+#include <sys/fs/s5param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_FILSYS_H) && !defined(_CRAY)
 #include <sys/filsys.h>		/* SVR2.  */
 #endif
 
@@ -90,7 +94,8 @@ adjust_blocks (blocks, fromsize, tosize)
 
 int
 get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
-     char *path, *disk;
+     const char *path;
+     const char *disk;
      struct fs_usage *fsp;
 {
 #if defined (STAT_STATFS3_OSF1)
@@ -178,8 +183,11 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
   /* Empirically, the block counts on most SVR3 and SVR3-derived
      systems seem to always be in terms of 512-byte blocks,
      no matter what value f_bsize has.  */
-# if _AIX
+# if _AIX || defined(_CRAY)
 #  define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) adjust_blocks ((b), fsd.f_bsize, 512)
+#  ifdef _CRAY
+#   define f_bavail f_bfree
+#  endif
 # else
 #  define CONVERT_BLOCKS(b) (b)
 #  ifndef _SEQUENT_		/* _SEQUENT_ is DYNIX/ptx.  */

lib/fsusage.h

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Space usage statistics for a filesystem.  Blocks are 512-byte. */
 struct fs_usage
@@ -25,8 +25,13 @@ struct fs_usage
   long fsu_ffree;		/* Free file nodes. */
 };
 
-#if __STDC__
-int get_fs_usage (char *path, char *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp);
+#ifndef __P
+#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#define __P(args) args
 #else
-int get_fs_usage ();
-#endif
+#define __P(args) ()
+#endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+
+int get_fs_usage __P ((const char *path, const char *disk,
+		       struct fs_usage *fsp));

lib/full-write.c

@@ -12,20 +12,20 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
    Copied largely from GNU C's cccp.c.
    */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <errno.h>

lib/getdate.y

@@ -15,6 +15,10 @@
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
+
+#ifdef FORCE_ALLOCA_H
+#include <alloca.h>
+#endif
 #endif
 
 /* Since the code of getdate.y is not included in the Emacs executable
@@ -90,6 +94,7 @@ static int yylex ();
 static int yyerror ();
 
 #define EPOCH		1970
+#define DOOMSDAY	2038
 #define HOUR(x)		((time_t)(x) * 60)
 #define SECSPERDAY	(24L * 60L * 60L)
 
@@ -242,7 +247,7 @@ day	: tDAY {
 	    yyDayOrdinal = 1;
 	    yyDayNumber = $1;
 	}
-	| tUNUMBER tDAY { /* FIXME */
+	| tUNUMBER tDAY {
 	    yyDayOrdinal = $1;
 	    yyDayNumber = $2;
 	}
@@ -279,7 +284,6 @@ date	: tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER {
 	    yyYear = $4;
 	}
 	| tUNUMBER tMONTH {
-	    /* FIXME: `date -d 'next october'' is interpreted as 2 october.  */
 	    yyMonth = $2;
 	    yyDay = $1;
 	}
@@ -315,10 +319,10 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT {
 	| tSEC_UNIT {
 	    yyRelSeconds++;
 	}
-	| tSNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT { /* FIXME */
+	| tSNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT {
 	    yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
 	}
-	| tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT { /* FIXME */
+	| tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT {
 	    yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tMONTH_UNIT {
@@ -613,11 +617,13 @@ Convert (Month, Day, Year, Hours, Minutes, Seconds, Meridian, DSTmode)
 
   if (Year < 0)
     Year = -Year;
-  if (Year < 100)
+  if (Year < DOOMSDAY-2000)
+    Year += 2000;
+  else if (Year < 100)
     Year += 1900;
   DaysInMonth[1] = Year % 4 == 0 && (Year % 100 != 0 || Year % 400 == 0)
     ? 29 : 28;
-  if (Year < EPOCH || Year > 2037
+  if (Year < EPOCH || Year >= DOOMSDAY
       || Month < 1 || Month > 12
       /* Lint fluff:  "conversion from long may lose accuracy" */
       || Day < 1 || Day > DaysInMonth[(int)--Month])
@@ -682,7 +688,7 @@ RelativeMonth (Start, RelMonth)
   if (RelMonth == 0)
     return 0;
   tm = localtime (&Start);
-  Month = 12 * tm->tm_year + tm->tm_mon + RelMonth;
+  Month = 12 * (1900 + tm->tm_year) + tm->tm_mon + RelMonth;
   Year = Month / 12;
   Month = Month % 12 + 1;
   return DSTcorrect (Start,
@@ -745,7 +751,7 @@ LookupWord (buff)
       return tp->type;
     }
 
-  if (strcmp (buff, "dst") == 0) 
+  if (strcmp (buff, "dst") == 0)
     return tDST;
 
   for (tp = UnitsTable; tp->name; tp++)
@@ -896,7 +902,7 @@ get_date (p, now)
 
     if (! (tm = localtime (&ftz.time)))
       return -1;
-	
+
     ftz.timezone = difftm (&gmt, tm) / 60;
     if (tm->tm_isdst)
       ftz.timezone += 60;

lib/gethostname.c

@@ -12,13 +12,17 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
 
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifdef HAVE_UNAME
-#include <sys/utsname.h>
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
 #endif
 
 /* Put up to LEN chars of the host name into NAME.

lib/getline.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* getline.c -- Replacement for GNU C library function getline
 
-Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1993, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -14,27 +14,45 @@ General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
 
 /* Written by Jan Brittenson, bson@gnu.ai.mit.edu.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#include <sys/types.h>
+/* The `getdelim' function is only declared if the following symbol
+   is defined.  */
+#define _GNU_SOURCE	1
 #include <stdio.h>
-#define NDEBUG
-#include <assert.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
 
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#else
+#if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && HAVE_GETDELIM
+
+int
+getline (lineptr, n, stream)
+     char **lineptr;
+     size_t *n;
+     FILE *stream;
+{
+  return getdelim (lineptr, n, '\n', stream);
+}
+
+
+#else /* ! have getdelim */
+
+# define NDEBUG
+# include <assert.h>
+
+# if STDC_HEADERS
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+# else
 char *malloc (), *realloc ();
-#endif
+# endif
 
 /* Always add at least this many bytes when extending the buffer.  */
-#define MIN_CHUNK 64
+# define MIN_CHUNK 64
 
 /* Read up to (and including) a TERMINATOR from STREAM into *LINEPTR
    + OFFSET (and null-terminate it). *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from
@@ -48,7 +66,7 @@ getstr (lineptr, n, stream, terminator, offset)
      size_t *n;
      FILE *stream;
      char terminator;
-     int offset;
+     size_t offset;
 {
   int nchars_avail;		/* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR.  */
   char *read_pos;		/* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
@@ -124,3 +142,14 @@ getline (lineptr, n, stream)
 {
   return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0);
 }
+
+int
+getdelim (lineptr, n, delimiter, stream)
+     char **lineptr;
+     size_t *n;
+     int delimiter;
+     FILE *stream;
+{
+  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, delimiter, 0);
+}
+#endif

lib/getline.h

@@ -1,17 +1,36 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
 #ifndef _getline_h_
-#define _getline_h_ 1
+# define _getline_h_ 1
 
-#include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
 
-#ifndef __P
-# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#  define __P(args) args
-# else
-#  define __P(args) ()
-# endif  /* GCC.  */
-#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__
+#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  endif  /* GCC.  */
+# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
 
 int
-  getline __P ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, FILE *_stream));
+getline PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, FILE *_stream));
 
-#endif /* _getline_h_ */
+int
+getdelim PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, int _delimiter, FILE *_stream));
+
+#endif

lib/getloadavg.c

@@ -0,0 +1,967 @@
+/* Get the system load averages.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93, 1994, 1995
+   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Compile-time symbols that this file uses:
+
+   FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR()	Adjust address in returned struct nlist.
+   KERNEL_FILE			Pathname of the kernel to nlist.
+   LDAV_CVT()			Scale the load average from the kernel.
+				Returns a double.
+   LDAV_SYMBOL			Name of kernel symbol giving load average.
+   LOAD_AVE_TYPE		Type of the load average array in the kernel.
+				Must be defined unless one of
+				apollo, DGUX, NeXT, or UMAX is defined;
+				otherwise, no load average is available.
+   NLIST_STRUCT			Include nlist.h, not a.out.h, and
+				the nlist n_name element is a pointer,
+				not an array.
+   NLIST_NAME_UNION		struct nlist has an n_un member, not n_name.
+   LINUX_LDAV_FILE		[__linux__]: File containing load averages.
+
+   Specific system predefines this file uses, aside from setting
+   default values if not emacs:
+
+   apollo
+   BSD				Real BSD, not just BSD-like.
+   convex
+   DGUX
+   eunice			UNIX emulator under VMS.
+   hpux
+   NeXT
+   sgi
+   sequent			Sequent Dynix 3.x.x (BSD)
+   _SEQUENT_			Sequent DYNIX/ptx 1.x.x (SYSV)
+   sony_news                    NEWS-OS (works at least for 4.1C)
+   UMAX
+   UMAX4_3
+   VMS
+   __linux__			Linux: assumes /proc filesystem mounted.
+   				Support from Michael K. Johnson.
+   __NetBSD__			NetBSD: assumes /kern filesystem mounted.
+
+   In addition, to avoid nesting many #ifdefs, we internally set
+   LDAV_DONE to indicate that the load average has been computed.
+
+   We also #define LDAV_PRIVILEGED if a program will require
+   special installation to be able to call getloadavg.  */
+
+/* This should always be first.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Both the Emacs and non-Emacs sections want this.  Some
+   configuration files' definitions for the LOAD_AVE_CVT macro (like
+   sparc.h's) use macros like FSCALE, defined here.  */
+#ifdef unix
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* Exclude all the code except the test program at the end
+   if the system has its own `getloadavg' function.
+
+   The declaration of `errno' is needed by the test program
+   as well as the function itself, so it comes first.  */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
+
+
+/* The existing Emacs configuration files define a macro called
+   LOAD_AVE_CVT, which accepts a value of type LOAD_AVE_TYPE, and
+   returns the load average multiplied by 100.  What we actually want
+   is a macro called LDAV_CVT, which returns the load average as an
+   unmultiplied double.
+
+   For backwards compatibility, we'll define LDAV_CVT in terms of
+   LOAD_AVE_CVT, but future machine config files should just define
+   LDAV_CVT directly.  */
+
+#if !defined(LDAV_CVT) && defined(LOAD_AVE_CVT)
+#define LDAV_CVT(n) (LOAD_AVE_CVT (n) / 100.0)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (BSD) && defined (ultrix)
+/* Ultrix behaves like BSD on Vaxen.  */
+#define BSD
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NeXT
+/* NeXT in the 2.{0,1,2} releases defines BSD in <sys/param.h>, which
+   conflicts with the definition understood in this file, that this
+   really is BSD. */
+#undef BSD
+
+/* NeXT defines FSCALE in <sys/param.h>.  However, we take FSCALE being
+   defined to mean that the nlist method should be used, which is not true.  */
+#undef FSCALE
+#endif
+
+/* Set values that are different from the defaults, which are
+   set a little farther down with #ifndef.  */
+
+
+/* Some shorthands.  */
+
+#if defined (HPUX) && !defined (hpux)
+#define hpux
+#endif
+
+#if defined(hp300) && !defined(hpux)
+#define MORE_BSD
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ultrix) && defined(mips)
+#define decstation
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(sun) || defined(__sun)) && defined(SVR4)
+#define SUNOS_5
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__osf__) && (defined (__alpha) || defined (__alpha__))
+#define OSF_ALPHA
+#include <sys/table.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__osf__) && (defined (mips) || defined (__mips__))
+#define OSF_MIPS
+#include <sys/table.h>
+#endif
+
+/* UTek's /bin/cc on the 4300 has no architecture specific cpp define by
+   default, but _MACH_IND_SYS_TYPES is defined in <sys/types.h>.  Combine
+   that with a couple of other things and we'll have a unique match.  */
+#if !defined (tek4300) && defined (unix) && defined (m68k) && defined (mc68000) && defined (mc68020) && defined (_MACH_IND_SYS_TYPES)
+#define tek4300			/* Define by emacs, but not by other users.  */
+#endif
+
+
+/* VAX C can't handle multi-line #ifs, or lines longer than 256 chars.  */
+#ifndef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#ifdef MORE_BSD
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#if defined(sun) || defined(__sun)
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef decstation
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef sgi
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SVR4
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef sony_news
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef sequent
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OSF_ALPHA
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ardent) && defined (titan)
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef tek4300
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#if defined(alliant) && defined(i860) /* Alliant FX/2800 */
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _AIX
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE long
+#endif
+
+#ifdef convex
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE double
+#ifndef LDAV_CVT
+#define LDAV_CVT(n) (n)
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* No LOAD_AVE_TYPE.  */
+
+#ifdef OSF_ALPHA
+/* <sys/param.h> defines an incorrect value for FSCALE on Alpha OSF/1,
+   according to ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu.  */
+#undef FSCALE
+#define FSCALE 1024.0
+#endif
+
+#if defined(alliant) && defined(i860) /* Alliant FX/2800 */
+/* <sys/param.h> defines an incorrect value for FSCALE on an
+   Alliant FX/2800 Concentrix 2.2, according to ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu.  */
+#undef FSCALE
+#define FSCALE 100.0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef	FSCALE
+
+/* SunOS and some others define FSCALE in sys/param.h.  */
+
+#ifdef MORE_BSD
+#define FSCALE 2048.0
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MIPS) || defined(SVR4) || defined(decstation)
+#define FSCALE 256
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sgi) || defined (sequent)
+/* Sometimes both MIPS and sgi are defined, so FSCALE was just defined
+   above under #ifdef MIPS.  But we want the sgi value.  */
+#undef FSCALE
+#define	FSCALE 1000.0
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ardent) && defined (titan)
+#define FSCALE 65536.0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef tek4300
+#define FSCALE 100.0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _AIX
+#define FSCALE 65536.0
+#endif
+
+#endif	/* Not FSCALE.  */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_CVT) && defined (FSCALE)
+#define	LDAV_CVT(n) (((double) (n)) / FSCALE)
+#endif
+
+/* VAX C can't handle multi-line #ifs, or lines longer that 256 characters.  */
+#ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+
+#ifdef MORE_BSD
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#if defined(sun) || defined(__sun)
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef decstation
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef hpux
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_) || defined (sequent)
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef sgi
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SVR4
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef sony_news
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OSF_ALPHA
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#if defined (ardent) && defined (titan)
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef tek4300
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef butterfly
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#if defined(alliant) && defined(i860) /* Alliant FX/2800 */
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _AIX
+#define NLIST_STRUCT
+#endif
+
+#endif /* defined (NLIST_STRUCT) */
+
+
+#if defined(sgi) || (defined(mips) && !defined(BSD))
+#define FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR(nl) ((nl)[0].n_value &= ~(1 << 31))
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined (KERNEL_FILE) && defined (sequent)
+#define KERNEL_FILE "/dynix"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (KERNEL_FILE) && defined (hpux)
+#define KERNEL_FILE "/hp-ux"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(KERNEL_FILE) && (defined(_SEQUENT_) || defined(MIPS) || defined(SVR4) || defined(ISC) || defined (sgi) || defined(SVR4) || (defined (ardent) && defined (titan)))
+#define KERNEL_FILE "/unix"
+#endif
+
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_SYMBOL) && defined (alliant)
+#define LDAV_SYMBOL "_Loadavg"
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(LDAV_SYMBOL) && ((defined(hpux) && !defined(hp9000s300)) || defined(_SEQUENT_) || defined(SVR4) || defined(ISC) || defined(sgi) || (defined (ardent) && defined (titan)) || defined (_AIX))
+#define LDAV_SYMBOL "avenrun"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* LOAD_AVE_TYPE should only get defined if we're going to use the
+   nlist method.  */
+#if !defined(LOAD_AVE_TYPE) && (defined(BSD) || defined(LDAV_CVT) || defined(KERNEL_FILE) || defined(LDAV_SYMBOL))
+#define LOAD_AVE_TYPE double
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#ifndef VMS
+#ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+#include <a.out.h>
+#else /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+#include <nlist.h>
+#endif /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+
+#ifdef SUNOS_5
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <kvm.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef KERNEL_FILE
+#define KERNEL_FILE "/vmunix"
+#endif /* KERNEL_FILE */
+
+#ifndef LDAV_SYMBOL
+#define LDAV_SYMBOL "_avenrun"
+#endif /* LDAV_SYMBOL */
+
+#else /* VMS */
+
+#ifndef eunice
+#include <iodef.h>
+#include <descrip.h>
+#else /* eunice */
+#include <vms/iodef.h>
+#endif /* eunice */
+#endif /* VMS */
+
+#ifndef LDAV_CVT
+#define LDAV_CVT(n) ((double) (n))
+#endif /* !LDAV_CVT */
+
+#endif /* LOAD_AVE_TYPE */
+
+#ifdef NeXT
+#ifdef HAVE_MACH_MACH_H
+#include <mach/mach.h>
+#else
+#include <mach.h>
+#endif
+#endif /* NeXT */
+
+#ifdef sgi
+#include <sys/sysmp.h>
+#endif /* sgi */
+
+#ifdef UMAX
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/syscall.h>
+
+#ifdef UMAX_43
+#include <machine/cpu.h>
+#include <inq_stats/statistics.h>
+#include <inq_stats/sysstats.h>
+#include <inq_stats/cpustats.h>
+#include <inq_stats/procstats.h>
+#else /* Not UMAX_43.  */
+#include <sys/sysdefs.h>
+#include <sys/statistics.h>
+#include <sys/sysstats.h>
+#include <sys/cpudefs.h>
+#include <sys/cpustats.h>
+#include <sys/procstats.h>
+#endif /* Not UMAX_43.  */
+#endif /* UMAX */
+
+#ifdef DGUX
+#include <sys/dg_sys_info.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_FCNTL_H) || defined(_POSIX_VERSION)
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#else
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Avoid static vars inside a function since in HPUX they dump as pure.  */
+
+#ifdef NeXT
+static processor_set_t default_set;
+static int getloadavg_initialized;
+#endif /* NeXT */
+
+#ifdef UMAX
+static unsigned int cpus = 0;
+static unsigned int samples;
+#endif /* UMAX */
+
+#ifdef DGUX
+static struct dg_sys_info_load_info load_info;	/* what-a-mouthful! */
+#endif /* DGUX */
+
+#ifdef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+/* File descriptor open to /dev/kmem or VMS load ave driver.  */
+static int channel;
+/* Nonzero iff channel is valid.  */
+static int getloadavg_initialized;
+/* Offset in kmem to seek to read load average, or 0 means invalid.  */
+static long offset;
+
+#if !defined(VMS) && !defined(sgi)
+static struct nlist nl[2];
+#endif /* Not VMS or sgi */
+
+#ifdef SUNOS_5
+static kvm_t *kd;
+#endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+
+#endif /* LOAD_AVE_TYPE */
+
+/* Put the 1 minute, 5 minute and 15 minute load averages
+   into the first NELEM elements of LOADAVG.
+   Return the number written (never more than 3, but may be less than NELEM),
+   or -1 if an error occurred.  */
+
+int
+getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
+     double loadavg[];
+     int nelem;
+{
+  int elem = 0;			/* Return value.  */
+
+#ifdef NO_GET_LOAD_AVG
+#define LDAV_DONE
+  /* Set errno to zero to indicate that there was no particular error;
+     this function just can't work at all on this system.  */
+  errno = 0;
+  elem = -1;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (__linux__)
+#define LDAV_DONE
+#undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#ifndef LINUX_LDAV_FILE
+#define LINUX_LDAV_FILE "/proc/loadavg"
+#endif
+
+  char ldavgbuf[40];
+  double load_ave[3];
+  int fd, count;
+
+  fd = open (LINUX_LDAV_FILE, O_RDONLY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    return -1;
+  count = read (fd, ldavgbuf, 40);
+  (void) close (fd);
+  if (count <= 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  count = sscanf (ldavgbuf, "%lf %lf %lf",
+		  &load_ave[0], &load_ave[1], &load_ave[2]);
+  if (count < 1)
+    return -1;
+
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem && elem < count; elem++)
+    loadavg[elem] = load_ave[elem];
+
+  return elem;
+
+#endif /* __linux__ */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (__NetBSD__)
+#define LDAV_DONE
+#undef LOAD_AVE_TYPE
+
+#ifndef NETBSD_LDAV_FILE
+#define NETBSD_LDAV_FILE "/kern/loadavg"
+#endif
+
+  unsigned long int load_ave[3], scale;
+  int count;
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  fp = fopen (NETBSD_LDAV_FILE, "r");
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    return -1;
+  count = fscanf (fp, "%lu %lu %lu %lu\n",
+		  &load_ave[0], &load_ave[1], &load_ave[2],
+		  &scale);
+  (void) fclose (fp);
+  if (count != 4)
+    return -1;
+
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    loadavg[elem] = (double) load_ave[elem] / (double) scale;
+
+  return elem;
+
+#endif /* __NetBSD__ */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (NeXT)
+#define LDAV_DONE
+  /* The NeXT code was adapted from iscreen 3.2.  */
+
+  host_t host;
+  struct processor_set_basic_info info;
+  unsigned info_count;
+
+  /* We only know how to get the 1-minute average for this system,
+     so even if the caller asks for more than 1, we only return 1.  */
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      if (processor_set_default (host_self (), &default_set) == KERN_SUCCESS)
+	getloadavg_initialized = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      info_count = PROCESSOR_SET_BASIC_INFO_COUNT;
+      if (processor_set_info (default_set, PROCESSOR_SET_BASIC_INFO, &host,
+			     (processor_set_info_t) &info, &info_count)
+	  != KERN_SUCCESS)
+	getloadavg_initialized = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  if (nelem > 0)
+	    loadavg[elem++] = (double) info.load_average / LOAD_SCALE;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    return -1;
+#endif /* NeXT */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (UMAX)
+#define LDAV_DONE
+/* UMAX 4.2, which runs on the Encore Multimax multiprocessor, does not
+   have a /dev/kmem.  Information about the workings of the running kernel
+   can be gathered with inq_stats system calls.
+   We only know how to get the 1-minute average for this system.  */
+
+  struct proc_summary proc_sum_data;
+  struct stat_descr proc_info;
+  double load;
+  register unsigned int i, j;
+
+  if (cpus == 0)
+    {
+      register unsigned int c, i;
+      struct cpu_config conf;
+      struct stat_descr desc;
+
+      desc.sd_next = 0;
+      desc.sd_subsys = SUBSYS_CPU;
+      desc.sd_type = CPUTYPE_CONFIG;
+      desc.sd_addr = (char *) &conf;
+      desc.sd_size = sizeof conf;
+
+      if (inq_stats (1, &desc))
+	return -1;
+
+      c = 0;
+      for (i = 0; i < conf.config_maxclass; ++i)
+	{
+	  struct class_stats stats;
+	  bzero ((char *) &stats, sizeof stats);
+
+	  desc.sd_type = CPUTYPE_CLASS;
+	  desc.sd_objid = i;
+	  desc.sd_addr = (char *) &stats;
+	  desc.sd_size = sizeof stats;
+
+	  if (inq_stats (1, &desc))
+	    return -1;
+
+	  c += stats.class_numcpus;
+	}
+      cpus = c;
+      samples = cpus < 2 ? 3 : (2 * cpus / 3);
+    }
+
+  proc_info.sd_next = 0;
+  proc_info.sd_subsys = SUBSYS_PROC;
+  proc_info.sd_type = PROCTYPE_SUMMARY;
+  proc_info.sd_addr = (char *) &proc_sum_data;
+  proc_info.sd_size = sizeof (struct proc_summary);
+  proc_info.sd_sizeused = 0;
+
+  if (inq_stats (1, &proc_info) != 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  load = proc_sum_data.ps_nrunnable;
+  j = 0;
+  for (i = samples - 1; i > 0; --i)
+    {
+      load += proc_sum_data.ps_nrun[j];
+      if (j++ == PS_NRUNSIZE)
+	j = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load / samples / cpus;
+#endif /* UMAX */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (DGUX)
+#define LDAV_DONE
+  /* This call can return -1 for an error, but with good args
+     it's not supposed to fail.  The first argument is for no
+     apparent reason of type `long int *'.  */
+  dg_sys_info ((long int *) &load_info,
+	       DG_SYS_INFO_LOAD_INFO_TYPE,
+	       DG_SYS_INFO_LOAD_VERSION_0);
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.one_minute;
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.five_minute;
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_info.fifteen_minute;
+#endif /* DGUX */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (apollo)
+#define LDAV_DONE
+/* Apollo code from lisch@mentorg.com (Ray Lischner).
+
+   This system call is not documented.  The load average is obtained as
+   three long integers, for the load average over the past minute,
+   five minutes, and fifteen minutes.  Each value is a scaled integer,
+   with 16 bits of integer part and 16 bits of fraction part.
+
+   I'm not sure which operating system first supported this system call,
+   but I know that SR10.2 supports it.  */
+
+  extern void proc1_$get_loadav ();
+  unsigned long load_ave[3];
+
+  proc1_$get_loadav (load_ave);
+
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[0] / 65536.0;
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[1] / 65536.0;
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = load_ave[2] / 65536.0;
+#endif /* apollo */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_MIPS)
+#define LDAV_DONE
+
+  struct tbl_loadavg load_ave;
+  table (TBL_LOADAVG, 0, &load_ave, 1, sizeof (load_ave));
+  loadavg[elem++]
+    = (load_ave.tl_lscale == 0
+       ? load_ave.tl_avenrun.d[0]
+       : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[0] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
+#endif	/* OSF_MIPS */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined(MSDOS)
+#define LDAV_DONE
+
+  /* A faithful emulation is going to have to be saved for a rainy day.  */
+  for ( ; elem < nelem; elem++) 
+    {
+      loadavg[elem] = 0.0;
+    }
+#endif  /* MSDOS */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_ALPHA)
+#define LDAV_DONE
+
+  struct tbl_loadavg load_ave;
+  table (TBL_LOADAVG, 0, &load_ave, 1, sizeof (load_ave));
+  for (elem = 0; elem < nelem; elem++)
+    loadavg[elem]
+      = (load_ave.tl_lscale == 0
+       ? load_ave.tl_avenrun.d[elem]
+       : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[elem] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
+#endif /* OSF_ALPHA */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (VMS)
+  /* VMS specific code -- read from the Load Ave driver.  */
+
+  LOAD_AVE_TYPE load_ave[3];
+  static int getloadavg_initialized = 0;
+#ifdef eunice
+  struct
+  {
+    int dsc$w_length;
+    char *dsc$a_pointer;
+  } descriptor;
+#endif
+
+  /* Ensure that there is a channel open to the load ave device.  */
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      /* Attempt to open the channel.  */
+#ifdef eunice
+      descriptor.dsc$w_length = 18;
+      descriptor.dsc$a_pointer = "$$VMS_LOAD_AVERAGE";
+#else
+      $DESCRIPTOR (descriptor, "LAV0:");
+#endif
+      if (sys$assign (&descriptor, &channel, 0, 0) & 1)
+	getloadavg_initialized = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Read the load average vector.  */
+  if (getloadavg_initialized
+      && !(sys$qiow (0, channel, IO$_READVBLK, 0, 0, 0,
+		     load_ave, 12, 0, 0, 0, 0) & 1))
+    {
+      sys$dassgn (channel);
+      getloadavg_initialized = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    return -1;
+#endif /* VMS */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined(LOAD_AVE_TYPE) && !defined(VMS)
+
+  /* UNIX-specific code -- read the average from /dev/kmem.  */
+
+#define LDAV_PRIVILEGED		/* This code requires special installation.  */
+
+  LOAD_AVE_TYPE load_ave[3];
+
+  /* Get the address of LDAV_SYMBOL.  */
+  if (offset == 0)
+    {
+#ifndef sgi
+#ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+      strcpy (nl[0].n_name, LDAV_SYMBOL);
+      strcpy (nl[1].n_name, "");
+#else /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+#ifdef NLIST_NAME_UNION
+      nl[0].n_un.n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
+      nl[1].n_un.n_name = 0;
+#else /* not NLIST_NAME_UNION */
+      nl[0].n_name = LDAV_SYMBOL;
+      nl[1].n_name = 0;
+#endif /* not NLIST_NAME_UNION */
+#endif /* NLIST_STRUCT */
+
+#ifndef SUNOS_5
+      if (
+#if !(defined (_AIX) && !defined (ps2))
+	  nlist (KERNEL_FILE, nl)
+#else  /* _AIX */
+	  knlist (nl, 1, sizeof (nl[0]))
+#endif
+	  >= 0)
+	  /* Omit "&& nl[0].n_type != 0 " -- it breaks on Sun386i.  */
+	  {
+#ifdef FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR
+	    FIXUP_KERNEL_SYMBOL_ADDR (nl);
+#endif
+	    offset = nl[0].n_value;
+	  }
+#endif /* !SUNOS_5 */
+#else  /* sgi */
+	  int ldav_off;
+
+	  ldav_off = sysmp (MP_KERNADDR, MPKA_AVENRUN);
+	  if (ldav_off != -1)
+	  offset = (long) ldav_off & 0x7fffffff;
+#endif /* sgi */
+	}
+
+  /* Make sure we have /dev/kmem open.  */
+  if (!getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+#ifndef SUNOS_5
+      channel = open ("/dev/kmem", 0);
+      if (channel >= 0)
+	{
+	  /* Set the channel to close on exec, so it does not
+	     litter any child's descriptor table.  */
+#ifdef FD_SETFD
+#ifndef FD_CLOEXEC
+#define FD_CLOEXEC 1
+#endif
+	  (void) fcntl (channel, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC);
+#endif
+	  getloadavg_initialized = 1;
+	}
+#else /* SUNOS_5 */
+      /* We pass 0 for the kernel, corefile, and swapfile names
+	 to use the currently running kernel.  */
+      kd = kvm_open (0, 0, 0, O_RDONLY, 0);
+      if (kd != 0) 
+	{
+	  /* nlist the currently running kernel.  */
+	  kvm_nlist (kd, nl);
+	  offset = nl[0].n_value;
+	  getloadavg_initialized = 1;
+	}
+#endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+    }
+
+  /* If we can, get the load average values.  */
+  if (offset && getloadavg_initialized)
+    {
+      /* Try to read the load.  */
+#ifndef SUNOS_5
+      if (lseek (channel, offset, 0) == -1L
+	  || read (channel, (char *) load_ave, sizeof (load_ave))
+	  != sizeof (load_ave))
+	{
+	  close (channel);
+	  getloadavg_initialized = 0;
+	}
+#else  /* SUNOS_5 */
+      if (kvm_read (kd, offset, (char *) load_ave, sizeof (load_ave))
+	  != sizeof (load_ave))
+        {
+          kvm_close (kd);
+          getloadavg_initialized = 0;
+	}
+#endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+    }
+
+  if (offset == 0 || !getloadavg_initialized)
+    return -1;
+#endif /* LOAD_AVE_TYPE and not VMS */
+
+#if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (LOAD_AVE_TYPE) /* Including VMS.  */
+  if (nelem > 0)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[0]);
+  if (nelem > 1)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[1]);
+  if (nelem > 2)
+    loadavg[elem++] = LDAV_CVT (load_ave[2]);
+
+#define LDAV_DONE
+#endif /* !LDAV_DONE && LOAD_AVE_TYPE */
+
+#ifdef LDAV_DONE
+  return elem;
+#else
+  /* Set errno to zero to indicate that there was no particular error;
+     this function just can't work at all on this system.  */
+  errno = 0;
+  return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* ! HAVE_GETLOADAVG */
+
+#ifdef TEST
+void
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  int naptime = 0;
+
+  if (argc > 1)
+    naptime = atoi (argv[1]);
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      double avg[3];
+      int loads;
+
+      errno = 0;		/* Don't be misled if it doesn't set errno.  */
+      loads = getloadavg (avg, 3);
+      if (loads == -1)
+	{
+	  perror ("Error getting load average");
+	  exit (1);
+	}
+      if (loads > 0)
+	printf ("1-minute: %f  ", avg[0]);
+      if (loads > 1)
+	printf ("5-minute: %f  ", avg[1]);
+      if (loads > 2)
+	printf ("15-minute: %f  ", avg[2]);
+      if (loads > 0)
+	putchar ('\n');
+
+      if (naptime == 0)
+	break;
+      sleep (naptime);
+    }
+
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif /* TEST */

lib/getopt.c

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
    "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
    before changing it!
 
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996
    	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
    Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
@@ -53,12 +53,28 @@
 
 /* This needs to come after some library #include
    to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
    contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
 #include <stdlib.h>
+#if defined (_LIBC) || defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
 #endif	/* GNU C library.  */
 
+#ifdef VMS
+#include <unixlib.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
+#include <string.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+/* It's not Unix, really.  See?  Capital letters.  */
+#include <windows.h>
+#define getpid() GetCurrentProcessId()
+#endif
+
 #ifndef _
 /* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
    When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
@@ -166,7 +182,7 @@ static enum
 /* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable.  */
 static char *posixly_correct;
 
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
+#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
    because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
    On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
@@ -217,6 +233,12 @@ extern int strlen (const char *);
 static int first_nonopt;
 static int last_nonopt;
 
+/* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
+   indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
+
+static const char *nonoption_flags;
+static int nonoption_flags_len;
+
 /* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
    One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
    which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
@@ -226,6 +248,10 @@ static int last_nonopt;
    `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
    the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
 
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+static void exchange (char **);
+#endif
+
 static void
 exchange (argv)
      char **argv;
@@ -284,6 +310,9 @@ exchange (argv)
 
 /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
 
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+static const char *_getopt_initialize (const char *);
+#endif
 static const char *
 _getopt_initialize (optstring)
      const char *optstring;
@@ -315,6 +344,21 @@ _getopt_initialize (optstring)
   else
     ordering = PERMUTE;
 
+  if (posixly_correct == NULL)
+    {
+      /* Bash 2.0 puts a special variable in the environment for each
+	 command it runs, specifying which ARGV elements are the results of
+	 file name wildcard expansion and therefore should not be
+	 considered as options.  */
+      char var[100];
+      sprintf (var, "_%d_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_", getpid ());
+      nonoption_flags = getenv (var);
+      if (nonoption_flags == NULL)
+	nonoption_flags_len = 0;
+      else
+	nonoption_flags_len = strlen (nonoption_flags);
+    }
+
   return optstring;
 }
 
@@ -391,10 +435,24 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
       optind = 1;		/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
     }
 
+  /* Test whether ARGV[optind] points to a non-option argument.
+     Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
+     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  */
+#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
+		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
+			 && nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+
   if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
     {
       /* Advance to the next ARGV-element.  */
 
+      /* Give FIRST_NONOPT & LAST_NONOPT rational values if OPTIND has been
+	 moved back by the user (who may also have changed the arguments).  */
+      if (last_nonopt > optind)
+	last_nonopt = optind;
+      if (first_nonopt > optind)
+	first_nonopt = optind;
+
       if (ordering == PERMUTE)
 	{
 	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
@@ -408,8 +466,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	  /* Skip any additional non-options
 	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
 
-	  while (optind < argc
-		 && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
+	  while (optind < argc && NONOPTION_P)
 	    optind++;
 	  last_nonopt = optind;
 	}
@@ -447,7 +504,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
       /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
 	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
 
-      if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'))
+      if (NONOPTION_P)
 	{
 	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
 	    return EOF;
@@ -479,8 +536,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 
   if (longopts != NULL
       && (argv[optind][1] == '-'
-	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2]
-			    || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
+	  || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1])))))
     {
       char *nameend;
       const struct option *p;
@@ -493,8 +549,8 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
       for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++)
 	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
 
-#ifdef lint
-      indfound = 0;  /* Avoid spurious compiler warning.  */
+#ifdef lint		/* Suppress `used before initialized' warning.  */
+      indfound = 0;
 #endif
 
       /* Test all long options for either exact match
@@ -528,6 +584,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
 	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 	  optind++;
+	  optopt = 0;
 	  return '?';
 	}
 
@@ -544,18 +601,20 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	      else
 		{
 		  if (opterr)
-		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		    /* --option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], pfound->name);
-		   else
-		    /* +option or -option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+		      /* --option */
+		      fprintf (stderr,
+			_("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+			       argv[0], pfound->name);
+		    else
+		      /* +option or -option */
+		      fprintf (stderr,
+			_("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
 
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+
+		  optopt = pfound->val;
 		  return '?';
 		}
 	    }
@@ -567,9 +626,10 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		{
 		  if (opterr)
 		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
-			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+			     _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+			     argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
+		  optopt = pfound->val;
 		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
 		}
 	    }
@@ -604,6 +664,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	    }
 	  nextchar = (char *) "";
 	  optind++;
+	  optopt = 0;
 	  return '?';
 	}
     }
@@ -663,8 +724,8 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  {
 		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
 		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			   argv[0], c);
+			     _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			     argv[0], c);
 		  }
 		optopt = c;
 		if (optstring[0] == ':')

lib/getopt.h

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _GETOPT_H
 #define _GETOPT_H 1

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/getugroups.c

@@ -12,44 +12,33 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie. */
 
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h> /* grp.h on alpha OSF1 V2.0 uses "FILE *". */
 #include <grp.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Even though SunOS 4, Ultrix 4, and 386BSD are mostly POSIX.1 compliant,
-   their getgroups system call (except in the `System V' environment, which
-   is troublesome in other ways) fills in an array of int, not gid_t
-   (which is `short' on those systems).  We do the same, for consistency.
-   Kludge, kludge.  */
-
-#ifdef _POSIX_VERSION
-#if !defined(sun) && !defined(ultrix) && !defined(__386BSD__)
-#define GETGROUPS_T gid_t
-#else /* sun or ultrix or 386BSD */
-#define GETGROUPS_T int
-#endif /* sun or ultrix or 386BSD */
-#else /* not _POSIX_VERSION */
-#define GETGROUPS_T int
-#endif /* not _POSIX_VERSION */
-
 /* setgrent, getgrent, and endgrent are not specified by POSIX.1,
    so header files might not declare them.
    If you don't have them at all, we can't implement this function.
    You lose!  */
 struct group *getgrent ();
 
-#if defined(USG) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)
-#include <string.h>
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
 /* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for

lib/getusershell.c

@@ -12,25 +12,25 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifndef SHELLS_FILE
 /* File containing a list of nonrestricted shells, one per line. */
-#define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+# define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 char *malloc ();
 char *realloc ();

lib/getversion.c

@@ -12,11 +12,15 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
 
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 #include "backupfile.h"
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS

lib/group-member.c

@@ -12,22 +12,22 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
 #include "group-member.h"

lib/group-member.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 #ifndef _group_member_h_
-#define _group_member_h_ 1
+# define _group_member_h_ 1
 
 int
   group_member ();

lib/idcache.c

@@ -12,15 +12,19 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
 
-#if defined(USG) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
 #include <string.h>
 #else
 #include <strings.h>
@@ -199,7 +203,7 @@ getgidbyname (group)
       group_alist = tail;
       return &tail->id.g;
     }
-  
+
   tail->next = nogroup_alist;
   nogroup_alist = tail;
   return 0;

lib/isdir.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/long-options.c

@@ -12,10 +12,10 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com) */
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/makepath.c

@@ -12,11 +12,10 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> and
-   Jim Meyering <meyering@cs.utexas.edu>.  */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> and Jim Meyering.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/makepath.h

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 #if __STDC__
-#undef __P
-#define __P(args) args
+# undef __P
+# define __P(args) args
 #else
-#define __P(args) ()
+# define __P(args) ()
 #endif
 
 int
-  make_path __P ((const char *_argpath,
-		  int _mode,
-		  int _parent_mode,
-		  uid_t _owner,
-		  gid_t _group,
-		  int _preserve_existing,
-		  const char *_verbose_fmt_string));
+make_path __P ((const char *_argpath,
+		int _mode,
+		int _parent_mode,
+		uid_t _owner,
+		gid_t _group,
+		int _preserve_existing,
+		const char *_verbose_fmt_string));

lib/md5.c

@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 

lib/memcasecmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Case-insensitive buffer comparator.
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Jim Meyering (meyering@na-net.ornl.gov) */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+#define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+#define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
+
+#if _LIBC || STDC_HEADERS
+# define TOLOWER(c) tolower (c)
+#else
+# define TOLOWER(c) (ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+#endif
+
+#include "memcasecmp.h"
+
+/* Like memcmp, but ignore differences in case.  */
+
+int
+memcasecmp (vs1, vs2, n)
+     const void *vs1;
+     const void *vs2;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned char *s1 = (unsigned char *) vs1;
+  unsigned char *s2 = (unsigned char *) vs2;
+  for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char u1 = *s1++;
+      unsigned char u2 = *s2++;
+      if (TOLOWER (u1) != TOLOWER (u2))
+        return TOLOWER (u1) - TOLOWER (u2);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}

lib/memcasecmp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#undef __P
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# define __P(args) args
+#else
+# define __P(args) ()
+#endif
+
+int
+  memcasecmp __P((const void *vs1, const void *vs2, size_t n));

lib/memchr.c

@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include "config.h"

lib/memmove.c

@@ -4,21 +4,25 @@
    By David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-void
+void *
 memmove (dest, source, length)
      char *dest;
      const char *source;
      unsigned length;
 {
+  char *d0 = dest;
   if (source < dest)
     /* Moving from low mem to hi mem; start at end.  */
     for (source += length, dest += length; length; --length)
       *--dest = *--source;
   else if (source != dest)
-    /* Moving from hi mem to low mem; start at beginning.  */
-    for (; length; --length)
-      *dest++ = *source++;
+    {
+      /* Moving from hi mem to low mem; start at beginning.  */
+      for (; length; --length)
+	*dest++ = *source++;
+    }
+  return (void *) d0;
 }

lib/memset.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 char *
 memset (str, c, len)

lib/mkdir.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/mktime.c

@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ Library General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
 License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
-not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place -
+Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Define this to have a standalone program to test this implementation of
    mktime.  */

lib/modechange.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
 
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ static int oatoi ();
 
 struct mode_change *
 mode_compile (mode_string, masked_ops)
-     register char *mode_string;
+     const char *mode_string;
      unsigned masked_ops;
 {
   struct mode_change *head;	/* First element of the linked list. */
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ invalid:
 unsigned short
 mode_adjust (oldmode, changes)
      unsigned oldmode;
-     register struct mode_change *changes;
+     const struct mode_change *changes;
 {
   unsigned short newmode;	/* The adjusted mode and one operand. */
   unsigned short value;		/* The other operand. */

lib/modechange.h

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Masks for the `flags' field in a `struct mode_change'. */
 
@@ -44,12 +44,14 @@ struct mode_change
 #define MODE_INVALID (struct mode_change *) 0
 #define MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED (struct mode_change *) 1
 
-#ifdef __STDC__
-struct mode_change *mode_compile (char *, unsigned);
-unsigned short mode_adjust (unsigned, struct mode_change *);
-void mode_free (struct mode_change *);
-#else
-struct mode_change *mode_compile ();
-unsigned short mode_adjust ();
-void mode_free ();
-#endif
+#ifndef __P
+# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+
+struct mode_change *mode_compile __P ((const char *, unsigned));
+unsigned short mode_adjust __P ((unsigned, const struct mode_change *));
+void mode_free __P ((struct mode_change *));

lib/mountlist.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -80,6 +80,10 @@ void error ();
 #include <sys/statfs.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifdef MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT
+#include <mntent.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2	/* SVR4.  */
 #include <sys/mnttab.h>
 #endif
@@ -195,6 +199,36 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
   me->me_next = NULL;
   mount_list = mtail = me;
 
+#ifdef MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT
+  {
+    struct tabmntent *mntlist, *p;
+    struct mntent *mnt;
+    struct mount_entry *me;
+    
+    /* the third and fourth arguments could be used to filter mounts,
+       but Crays doesn't seem to have any mounts that we want to
+       remove. Specifically, automount create normal NFS mounts.
+       */
+
+    if(listmntent(&mntlist, KMTAB, NULL, NULL) < 0)
+      return NULL;
+    p = mntlist;
+    while(p){
+      mnt = p->ment;
+      me = (struct mount_entry*) xmalloc(sizeof (struct mount_entry));
+      me->me_devname = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_fsname);
+      me->me_mountdir = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_dir);
+      me->me_type = xstrdup(mnt->mnt_type);
+      me->me_dev = -1;
+      me->me_next = NULL;
+      mtail->me_next = me;
+      mtail = me;
+      p = p->next;
+    }
+    freemntlist(mntlist);
+  }
+#endif
+
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix.  */
   {
     struct mntent *mnt;

lib/mountlist.h

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* A mount table entry. */
 struct mount_entry

lib/obstack.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #include "obstack.h"
 
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 #if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
 
 
-#ifdef __STDC__
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 #define POINTER void *
 #else
 #define POINTER char *
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
    This is here for debugging.
    If you use it in a program, you are probably losing.  */
 
-#ifdef __STDC__
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 /* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning.  We don't want to declare this in
    obstack.h because it is just for debugging.  */
 int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj);
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ obstack_free (h, obj)
 /* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros.
    Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job.  */
 
-#ifdef __STDC__
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 /* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors;
    they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses.  */
 

lib/obstack.h

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Summary:
 

lib/path-concat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* path-concat.c -- concatenate two arbitrary pathnames
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+char *malloc ();
+char *stpcpy ();
+
+/* Concatenate two pathname components, DIR and BASE, in newly-allocated
+   storage and return the result.  Return 0 if out of memory.  Add a slash
+   between DIR and BASE in the result if neither would contribute one.
+   If each would contribute at least one, elide one from the end of DIR.
+   Otherwise, simply concatenate DIR and BASE.  In any case, if
+   BASE_IN_RESULT is non-NULL, set *BASE_IN_RESULT to point to the copy of
+   BASE in the returned concatenation.  */
+
+char *
+path_concat (const char *dir, const char *base, char **base_in_result)
+{
+  char *p;
+  char *p_concat;
+
+  p_concat = malloc (strlen (dir) + strlen (base) + 2);
+  if (!p_concat)
+    return 0;
+
+  p = stpcpy (p_concat, dir);
+
+  if (*(p - 1) == '/' && *base == '/')
+    --p;
+  else if (*(p - 1) != '/' && *base != '/')
+    p = stpcpy (p, "/");
+
+  if (base_in_result)
+    *base_in_result = p;
+
+  stpcpy (p, base);
+
+  return p_concat;
+}

lib/path-concat.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#if __STDC__
+# undef __P
+# define __P(args) args
+#else
+# define __P(args) ()
+#endif
+
+char *
+path_concat __P ((const char *dir, const char *base, char **base_in_result));

lib/pathmax.h

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _PATHMAX_H
 #define _PATHMAX_H

lib/posixtm.y

@@ -12,28 +12,50 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by Jim Kingdon and David MacKenzie. */
 %{
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The following block of alloca-related preprocessor directives is here
+   solely to allow compilation by non GNU-C compilers of the C parser
+   produced from this file by old versions of bison.  Newer versions of
+   bison include a block similar to this one in bison.simple.  */
+
 #ifdef __GNUC__
 #define alloca __builtin_alloca
 #else
-#ifdef sparc
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
 #include <alloca.h>
 #else
 #ifdef _AIX
  #pragma alloca
 #else
-char *alloca ();
+void *alloca ();
 #endif
 #endif
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef TM_IN_SYS_TIME
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#else
 #include <time.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Some old versions of bison generate parsers that use bcopy.
+   That loses on systems that don't provide the function, so we have
+   to redefine it here.  */
+#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && defined (HAVE_MEMCPY) && !defined (bcopy)
+#define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
+#endif
 
 #define YYDEBUG 1
 

lib/putenv.c

@@ -15,13 +15,13 @@ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #include <errno.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 /* Define-away any (possibly conflicting) prototype of putenv.
@@ -29,26 +29,26 @@ Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
 #define putenv _sys_putenv
 
 #if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 #if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+# include <string.h>
 #endif
 #if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
 #undef putenv
 
 #if !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && !defined (HAVE_STRCHR)
-#define strchr index
+# define strchr index
 #endif
 #if !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && !defined (HAVE_MEMCPY)
-#define memcpy(d,s,n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
+# define memcpy(d,s,n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
 #endif
 
 #if HAVE_GNU_LD
-#define environ __environ
+# define environ __environ
 #else
 extern char **environ;
 #endif

lib/readtokens.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
    Written by Jim Meyering. */
 
@@ -28,23 +28,23 @@
    */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+# include <string.h>
 /* An ANSI string.h and pre-ANSI memory.h might conflict.  */
-#if !defined (STDC_HEADERS) && defined (HAVE_MEMORY_H)
-#include <memory.h>
-#endif /* not STDC_HEADERS and HAVE_MEMORY_H */
+# if !defined (STDC_HEADERS) && defined (HAVE_MEMORY_H)
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif /* not STDC_HEADERS and HAVE_MEMORY_H */
 #else /* not STDC_HEADERS and not HAVE_STRING_H */
-#include <strings.h>
+# include <strings.h>
 /* memory.h and strings.h conflict on some systems.  */
 #endif /* not STDC_HEADERS and not HAVE_STRING_H */
 
@@ -58,7 +58,8 @@ void *xrealloc ();
 /* Initialize a tokenbuffer. */
 
 void
-init_tokenbuffer (token_buffer *tokenbuffer)
+init_tokenbuffer (tokenbuffer)
+     token_buffer *tokenbuffer;
 {
   tokenbuffer->size = INITIAL_TOKEN_LENGTH;
   tokenbuffer->buffer = ((char *) xmalloc (INITIAL_TOKEN_LENGTH));
@@ -76,8 +77,11 @@ init_tokenbuffer (token_buffer *tokenbuffer)
    and on files that aren't newline-terminated.  */
 
 long
-readtoken (FILE *stream, const char *delim, int n_delim,
-	   token_buffer *tokenbuffer)
+readtoken (stream, delim, n_delim, tokenbuffer)
+     FILE *stream;
+     const char *delim;
+     int n_delim;
+     token_buffer *tokenbuffer;
 {
   char *p;
   int c, i, n;
@@ -160,9 +164,14 @@ readtoken (FILE *stream, const char *delim, int n_delim,
    %%% realloc() of `tokens' just before returning? */
 
 int
-readtokens (FILE *stream, int projected_n_tokens,
-	    const char *delim, int n_delim,
-	    char ***tokens_out, long **token_lengths)
+readtokens (stream, projected_n_tokens, delim, n_delim,
+	    tokens_out, token_lengths)
+     FILE *stream;
+     int projected_n_tokens;
+     const char *delim;
+     int n_delim;
+     char ***tokens_out;
+     long **token_lengths;
 {
   token_buffer tb, *token = &tb;
   int token_length;

lib/readtokens.h

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 #ifndef H_READTOKENS_H
-#define H_READTOKENS_H
+# define H_READTOKENS_H
 
-#ifndef INITIAL_TOKEN_LENGTH
-#define INITIAL_TOKEN_LENGTH 20
-#endif
+# ifndef INITIAL_TOKEN_LENGTH
+#  define INITIAL_TOKEN_LENGTH 20
+# endif
 
-#ifndef TOKENBUFFER_DEFINED
-#define TOKENBUFFER_DEFINED
+# ifndef TOKENBUFFER_DEFINED
+#  define TOKENBUFFER_DEFINED
 struct tokenbuffer
 {
   long size;
@@ -14,16 +14,23 @@ struct tokenbuffer
 };
 typedef struct tokenbuffer token_buffer;
 
-#endif /* not TOKENBUFFER_DEFINED */
+# endif /* not TOKENBUFFER_DEFINED */
 
-void init_tokenbuffer (token_buffer *tokenbuffer);
+# undef __P
+# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#  define	__P(x) x
+# else
+#  define	__P(x) ()
+# endif
+
+void init_tokenbuffer __P ((token_buffer *tokenbuffer));
 
 long
-  readtoken (FILE *stream, const char *delim, int n_delim,
-	     token_buffer *tokenbuffer);
+  readtoken __P ((FILE *stream, const char *delim, int n_delim,
+	     token_buffer *tokenbuffer));
 int
-  readtokens (FILE *stream, int projected_n_tokens,
+  readtokens __P ((FILE *stream, int projected_n_tokens,
 	      const char *delim, int n_delim,
-	      char ***tokens_out, long **token_lengths);
+	      char ***tokens_out, long **token_lengths));
 
 #endif /* not H_READTOKENS_H */

lib/regex.c

@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file. */
 #if defined (_AIX) && !defined (REGEX_MALLOC)
@@ -173,32 +173,32 @@ init_syntax_once ()
    eliminate the && through constant folding."  */
 
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-#define ISASCII(c) 1
+#define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-#define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+#define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef isblank
-#define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c))
+#define ISBLANK(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isblank (c))
 #else
 #define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
 #endif
 #ifdef isgraph
-#define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
+#define ISGRAPH(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isgraph (c))
 #else
-#define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
+#define ISGRAPH(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
 #endif
 
-#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
-#define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c))
-#define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c))
-#define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c))
-#define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c))
-#define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c))
-#define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c))
-#define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c))
-#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-#define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c))
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+#define ISDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isdigit (c))
+#define ISALNUM(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalnum (c))
+#define ISALPHA(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalpha (c))
+#define ISCNTRL(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && iscntrl (c))
+#define ISLOWER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && islower (c))
+#define ISPUNCT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && ispunct (c))
+#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
+#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
+#define ISXDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isxdigit (c))
 
 #ifndef NULL
 #define NULL (void *)0
@@ -4505,9 +4505,9 @@ re_match_2_internal (bufp, string1, size1, string2, size2, pos, regs, stop)
 #endif
 
                 if ((re_opcode_t) p1[3] == exactn
-		    && ! ((int) p2[1] * BYTEWIDTH > (int) p1[4]
-			  && (p2[1 + p1[4] / BYTEWIDTH]
-			      & (1 << (p1[4] % BYTEWIDTH)))))
+		    && ! ((int) p2[1] * BYTEWIDTH > (int) p1[5]
+			  && (p2[2 + p1[5] / BYTEWIDTH]
+			      & (1 << (p1[5] % BYTEWIDTH)))))
                   {
   		    p[-3] = (unsigned char) pop_failure_jump;
                     DEBUG_PRINT3 ("  %c != %c => pop_failure_jump.\n",

lib/regex.h

@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifndef __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__
 #define __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ typedef unsigned reg_syntax_t;
 #define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS (1)
 
 /* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
-     literals. 
+     literals.
    If set, then \+ and \? are operators and + and ? are literals.  */
 #define RE_BK_PLUS_QM (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS << 1)
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ typedef unsigned reg_syntax_t;
         ^  is an anchor if it is at the beginning of a regular
            expression or after an open-group or an alternation operator;
         $  is an anchor if it is at the end of a regular expression, or
-           before a close-group or an alternation operator.  
+           before a close-group or an alternation operator.
 
    This bit could be (re)combined with RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS, because
    POSIX draft 11.2 says that * etc. in leading positions is undefined.
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ typedef unsigned reg_syntax_t;
 /* If this bit is set, then special characters are always special
      regardless of where they are in the pattern.
    If this bit is not set, then special characters are special only in
-     some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary.  Specifically, 
+     some contexts; otherwise they are ordinary.  Specifically,
      * + ? and intervals are only special when not after the beginning,
      open-group, or alternation operator.  */
 #define RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS (RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS << 1)
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ typedef unsigned reg_syntax_t;
 #define RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE (RE_DOT_NOT_NULL << 1)
 
 /* If this bit is set, either \{...\} or {...} defines an
-     interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES. 
+     interval, depending on RE_NO_BK_BRACES.
    If not set, \{, \}, {, and } are literals.  */
 #define RE_INTERVALS (RE_HAT_LISTS_NOT_NEWLINE << 1)
 
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ typedef unsigned reg_syntax_t;
    If not set, then \<digit> is a back-reference.  */
 #define RE_NO_BK_REFS (RE_NO_BK_PARENS << 1)
 
-/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal. 
+/* If this bit is set, then | is an alternation operator, and \| is literal.
    If not set, then \| is an alternation operator, and | is literal.  */
 #define RE_NO_BK_VBAR (RE_NO_BK_REFS << 1)
 
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
 
 /* Define combinations of the above bits for the standard possibilities.
    (The [[[ comments delimit what gets put into the Texinfo file, so
-   don't delete them!)  */ 
+   don't delete them!)  */
 /* [[[begin syntaxes]]] */
 #define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
 
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
 #ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
 #undef RE_DUP_MAX
 #endif
-#define RE_DUP_MAX ((1 << 15) - 1) 
+#define RE_DUP_MAX ((1 << 15) - 1)
 
 
 /* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp').  */
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
 /* If this bit is set, then ignore case when matching.
    If not set, then case is significant.  */
 #define REG_ICASE (REG_EXTENDED << 1)
- 
+
 /* If this bit is set, then anchors do not match at newline
      characters in the string.
    If not set, then anchors do match at newlines.  */
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ typedef enum
   REG_EESCAPE,		/* Trailing backslash.  */
   REG_ESUBREG,		/* Invalid back reference.  */
   REG_EBRACK,		/* Unmatched left bracket.  */
-  REG_EPAREN,		/* Parenthesis imbalance.  */ 
+  REG_EPAREN,		/* Parenthesis imbalance.  */
   REG_EBRACE,		/* Unmatched \{.  */
   REG_BADBR,		/* Invalid contents of \{\}.  */
   REG_ERANGE,		/* Invalid range end.  */
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ typedef enum
    compiled, the `re_nsub' field is available.  All other fields are
    private to the regex routines.  */
 
-#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE 
+#ifndef RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE
 #define RE_TRANSLATE_TYPE char *
 #endif
 
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ struct re_pattern_buffer
   unsigned long allocated;
 
 	/* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'.  */
-  unsigned long used;	
+  unsigned long used;
 
         /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
   reg_syntax_t syntax;
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ struct re_pattern_buffer
   unsigned no_sub : 1;
 
         /* If set, a beginning-of-line anchor doesn't match at the
-           beginning of the string.  */ 
+           beginning of the string.  */
   unsigned not_bol : 1;
 
         /* Similarly for an end-of-line anchor.  */
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ extern int re_match
 
 
 /* Relates to `re_match' as `re_search_2' relates to `re_search'.  */
-extern int re_match_2 
+extern int re_match_2
   _RE_ARGS ((struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer, const char *string1,
              int length1, const char *string2, int length2,
              int start, struct re_registers *regs, int stop));

lib/rename.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/rmdir.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/rpmatch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/* rpmatch - determine whether string value is affirmation or negative
+	     response according to current locale's data
+Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <regex.h>
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+static int
+try (response, pattern, match, nomatch, lastp, re)
+     const char *response;
+     const char *pattern;
+     const int match;
+     const int nomatch;
+     const char **lastp;
+     regex_t *re;
+{
+  if (pattern != *lastp)
+    {
+      /* The pattern has changed.  */
+      if (*lastp)
+	{
+	  /* Free the old compiled pattern.  */
+	  regfree (re);
+	  *lastp = NULL;
+	}
+      /* Compile the pattern and cache it for future runs.  */
+      if (regcomp (re, pattern, REG_EXTENDED) != 0)
+	return -1;
+      *lastp = pattern;
+    }
+
+  /* See if the regular expression matches RESPONSE.  */
+  return regexec (re, response, 0, NULL, 0) == 0 ? match : nomatch;
+}
+
+
+int
+rpmatch (response)
+     const char *response;
+{
+  /* Match against one of the response patterns, compiling the pattern
+     first if necessary.  */
+
+  /* We cache the response patterns and compiled regexps here.  */
+  static const char *yesexpr, *noexpr;
+  static regex_t yesre, nore;
+  int result;
+
+  return ((result = try (response, _("^[yY][[:alpha:]]*"), 1, 0,
+			 &yesexpr, &yesre))
+	  ? result
+	  : try (response, _("^[nN][[:alpha:]]*"), 0, -1, &noexpr, &nore));
+}

lib/rx.c

@@ -118,9 +118,7 @@ char *alloca ();
 
 #ifndef emacs
 
-#ifdef SYNTAX_TABLE
-extern char *re_syntax_table;
-#else /* not SYNTAX_TABLE */
+#ifndef SYNTAX
 
 RX_DECL char re_syntax_table[CHAR_SET_SIZE];
 
@@ -153,7 +151,7 @@ init_syntax_once ()
 
    done = 1;
 }
-#endif /* not SYNTAX_TABLE */
+#endif /* not SYNTAX */
 #endif /* not emacs */
 
 /* Compile with `-DRX_DEBUG' and use the following flags.
@@ -4969,7 +4967,7 @@ rx_compile (pattern, size, syntax, rxb)
    */
   rxb->re_nsub = 0;
 
-#if !defined (emacs) && !defined (SYNTAX_TABLE)
+#if !defined (emacs) && !defined (SYNTAX)
   /* Initialize the syntax table.  */
    init_syntax_once ();
 #endif
@@ -6437,9 +6435,9 @@ RE_SEARCH_2_FN (rxb,
 {
   int answer;
   struct re_search_2_closure closure;
-  closure.string1 = string1;
+  closure.string1 = (__const__ unsigned char *) string1;
   closure.size1 = size1;
-  closure.string2 = string2;
+  closure.string2 = (__const__ unsigned char *) string2;
   closure.size2 = size2;
   answer = rx_search (rxb, startpos, range, stop, size1 + size2,
 		      re_search_2_get_burst,

lib/safe-read.c

@@ -12,18 +12,18 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
    */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <errno.h>

lib/save-cwd.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>.  */
 

lib/savedir.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
 

lib/setenv.c

@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1992, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if _LIBC || HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#if _LIBC || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#if _LIBC || HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef	HAVE_GNU_LD
+# define	__environ	environ
+#endif
+
+int
+setenv (name, value, replace)
+     const char *name;
+     const char *value;
+     int replace;
+{
+  register char **ep;
+  register size_t size;
+  const size_t namelen = strlen (name);
+  const size_t vallen = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+  size = 0;
+  for (ep = __environ; *ep != NULL; ++ep)
+    if (!strncmp (*ep, name, namelen) && (*ep)[namelen] == '=')
+      break;
+    else
+      ++size;
+
+  if (*ep == NULL)
+    {
+      static char **last_environ;
+      char **new_environ;
+      if (__environ == last_environ)
+	/* We allocated this space; we can extend it.  */
+	new_environ = (char **) realloc (last_environ,
+					 (size + 2) * sizeof (char *));
+      else
+	new_environ = (char **) malloc ((size + 2) * sizeof (char *));
+
+      if (new_environ == NULL)
+	return -1;
+
+      new_environ[size] = malloc (namelen + 1 + vallen);
+      if (new_environ[size] == NULL)
+	{
+	  free ((char *) new_environ);
+	  errno = ENOMEM;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+
+      if (__environ != last_environ)
+	memcpy ((char *) new_environ, (char *) __environ,
+		size * sizeof (char *));
+
+      memcpy (new_environ[size], name, namelen);
+      new_environ[size][namelen] = '=';
+      memcpy (&new_environ[size][namelen + 1], value, vallen);
+
+      new_environ[size + 1] = NULL;
+
+      last_environ = __environ = new_environ;
+    }
+  else if (replace)
+    {
+      size_t len = strlen (*ep);
+      if (len + 1 < namelen + 1 + vallen)
+	{
+	  /* The existing string is too short; malloc a new one.  */
+	  char *new = malloc (namelen + 1 + vallen);
+	  if (new == NULL)
+	    return -1;
+	  *ep = new;
+	}
+      memcpy (*ep, name, namelen);
+      (*ep)[namelen] = '=';
+      memcpy (&(*ep)[namelen + 1], value, vallen);
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+unsetenv (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  const size_t len = strlen (name);
+  char **ep;
+
+  for (ep = __environ; *ep; ++ep)
+    if (!strncmp (*ep, name, len) && (*ep)[len] == '=')
+      {
+	/* Found it.  Remove this pointer by moving later ones back.  */
+	char **dp = ep;
+	do
+	  dp[0] = dp[1];
+	while (*dp++);
+	/* Continue the loop in case NAME appears again.  */
+      }
+}

lib/setenv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#ifndef SETENV_H
+# define SETENV_H 1
+
+# undef __P
+# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#  define	__P(x) x
+# else
+#  define	__P(x) ()
+# endif
+
+int
+  setenv __P ((const char *name, const char *value, int replace));
+
+void
+  unsetenv __P ((const char *name));
+
+#endif /* SETENV_H */

lib/stime.c

@@ -12,11 +12,15 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
 
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/time.h>
 

lib/stpcpy.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
     GNU General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/strcspn.c

@@ -11,20 +11,20 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
-#include <string.h>
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
-#ifndef strchr
-#define strchr index
-#endif
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
 #endif
 
 /* Return the length of the maximum inital segment of S

lib/strdup.c

@@ -12,8 +12,12 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
 #include <string.h>
@@ -23,10 +27,6 @@ char *malloc ();
 char *strcpy ();
 #endif
 
-#if !__STDC__
-#define const
-#endif
-
 /* Return a newly allocated copy of STR,
    or 0 if out of memory. */
 

lib/strftime.c

@@ -1,469 +1,519 @@
-/* strftime - custom formatting of date and/or time
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-/* Note: this version of strftime lacks locale support,
-   but it is standalone.
-
-   Performs `%' substitutions similar to those in printf.  Except
-   where noted, substituted fields have a fixed size; numeric fields are
-   padded if necessary.  Padding is with zeros by default; for fields
-   that display a single number, padding can be changed or inhibited by
-   following the `%' with one of the modifiers described below.  Unknown
-   field specifiers are copied as normal characters.  All other
-   characters are copied to the output without change.
-
-   Supports a superset of the ANSI C field specifiers.
-
-   Literal character fields:
-   %	%
-   n	newline
-   t	tab
-
-   Numeric modifiers (a nonstandard extension):
-   -	do not pad the field
-   _	pad the field with spaces
-
-   Time fields:
-   %H	hour (00..23)
-   %I	hour (01..12)
-   %k	hour ( 0..23)
-   %l	hour ( 1..12)
-   %M	minute (00..59)
-   %p	locale's AM or PM
-   %r	time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)
-   %R	time, 24-hour (hh:mm)
-   %s	time in seconds since 00:00:00, Jan 1, 1970 (a nonstandard extension)
-   %S	second (00..61)
-   %T	time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
-   %X	locale's time representation (%H:%M:%S)
-   %Z	time zone (EDT), or nothing if no time zone is determinable
-
-   Date fields:
-   %a	locale's abbreviated weekday name (Sun..Sat)
-   %A	locale's full weekday name, variable length (Sunday..Saturday)
-   %b	locale's abbreviated month name (Jan..Dec)
-   %B	locale's full month name, variable length (January..December)
-   %c	locale's date and time (Sat Nov 04 12:02:33 EST 1989)
-   %C	century (00..99)
-   %d	day of month (01..31)
-   %e	day of month ( 1..31)
-   %D	date (mm/dd/yy)
-   %h	same as %b
-   %j	day of year (001..366)
-   %m	month (01..12)
-   %U	week number of year with Sunday as first day of week (00..53)
-   %w	day of week (0..6)
-   %W	week number of year with Monday as first day of week (00..53)
-   %x	locale's date representation (mm/dd/yy)
-   %y	last two digits of year (00..99)
-   %Y	year (1970...)
-
-   David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
+# define HAVE_MBLEN 1
+# define HAVE_TM_ZONE 1
+# define STDC_HEADERS 1
+# include <ansidecl.h>
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#if defined(TM_IN_SYS_TIME) || (!defined(HAVE_TM_ZONE) && !defined(HAVE_TZNAME))
-#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>		/* Some systems define `time_t' here.  */
+
+#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# include <time.h>
 #else
-#include <time.h>
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+# else
+#  include <time.h>
+# endif
 #endif
 
-#ifndef STDC_HEADERS
-time_t mktime ();
+#if HAVE_MBLEN
+# include <ctype.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined(HAVE_TZNAME)
-extern char *tzname[2];
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Types of padding for numbers in date and time. */
-enum padding
-{
-  none, blank, zero
-};
-
-static char const* const days[] =
-{
-  "Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday", "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday"
-};
-
-static char const * const months[] =
-{
-  "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June",
-  "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December"
-};
-
-/* Add character C to STRING and increment LENGTH,
-   unless LENGTH would exceed MAX. */
-
-#define add_char(c)							\
-  do									\
-    {									\
-      if (length + 1 <= max)						\
-	string[length++] = (c);						\
-    }									\
-  while (0)
-
-/* Add a 2 digit number to STRING, padding if specified.
-   Return the number of characters added, up to MAX. */
-
-static int
-add_num2 (string, num, max, pad)
-     char *string;
-     int num;
-     int max;
-     enum padding pad;
-{
-  int top = num / 10;
-  int length = 0;
-
-  if (top == 0 && pad == blank)
-    add_char (' ');
-  else if (top != 0 || pad == zero)
-    add_char (top + '0');
-  add_char (num % 10 + '0');
-  return length;
-}
-
-/* Add a 3 digit number to STRING, padding if specified.
-   Return the number of characters added, up to MAX. */
-
-static int
-add_num3 (string, num, max, pad)
-     char *string;
-     int num;
-     int max;
-     enum padding pad;
-{
-  int top = num / 100;
-  int mid = (num - top * 100) / 10;
-  int length = 0;
-
-  if (top == 0 && pad == blank)
-    add_char (' ');
-  else if (top != 0 || pad == zero)
-    add_char (top + '0');
-  if (mid == 0 && top == 0 && pad == blank)
-    add_char (' ');
-  else if (mid != 0 || top != 0 || pad == zero)
-    add_char (mid + '0');
-  add_char (num % 10 + '0');
-  return length;
-}
-
-/* Like strncpy except return the number of characters copied. */
-
-static int
-add_str (to, from, max)
-     char *to;
-     const char *from;
-     int max;
-{
-  int i;
-
-  for (i = 0; from[i] && i <= max; ++i)
-    to[i] = from[i];
-  return i;
-}
-
-static int
-add_num_time_t (string, max, num)
-     char *string;
-     int max;
-     time_t num;
-{
-  /* This buffer is large enough to hold the character representation
-     (including the trailing NUL) of any unsigned decimal quantity
-     whose binary representation fits in 128 bits.  */
-  char buf[40];
-  int length;
-
-  if (sizeof (num) > 16)
-    abort ();
-  sprintf (buf, "%lu", (unsigned long) num);
-  length = add_str (string, buf, max);
-  return length;
-}
-
-/* Return the week in the year of the time in TM, with the weeks
-   starting on Sundays. */
-
-static int
-sun_week (tm)
-     struct tm *tm;
-{
-  int dl;
-
-  /* Set `dl' to the day in the year of the last day of the week previous
-     to the one containing the day specified in TM.  If the day specified
-     in TM is in the first week of the year, `dl' will be negative or 0.
-     Otherwise, calculate the number of complete weeks before our week
-     (dl / 7) and add any partial week at the start of the year (dl % 7). */
-  dl = tm->tm_yday - tm->tm_wday;
-  return dl <= 0 ? 0 : dl / 7 + (dl % 7 != 0);
-}
-
-/* Return the week in the year of the time in TM, with the weeks
-   starting on Mondays. */
-
-static int
-mon_week (tm)
-     struct tm *tm;
-{
-  int dl, wday;
-
-  if (tm->tm_wday == 0)
-    wday = 6;
-  else
-    wday = tm->tm_wday - 1;
-  dl = tm->tm_yday - wday;
-  return dl <= 0 ? 0 : dl / 7 + (dl % 7 != 0);
-}
-
-#if !defined(HAVE_TM_ZONE) && !defined(HAVE_TZNAME)
-char *
-zone_name (tp)
-     struct tm *tp;
-{
-  char *timezone ();
-  struct timeval tv;
-  struct timezone tz;
-
-  gettimeofday (&tv, &tz);
-  return timezone (tz.tz_minuteswest, tp->tm_isdst);
-}
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy (s, d, n)
 #endif
 
-/* Format the time given in TM according to FORMAT, and put the
-   results in STRING.
-   Return the number of characters (not including terminating null)
-   that were put into STRING, or 0 if the length would have
-   exceeded MAX. */
+#ifndef __P
+#if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#define __P(args) args
+#else
+#define __P(args) ()
+#endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not __P.  */
 
+#ifndef PTR
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#define PTR void *
+#else
+#define PTR char *
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Uncomment following line in the production version.  */
+/* #define NDEBUG */
+#include <assert.h>
+
+static unsigned int week __P ((const struct tm *const, int, int));
+
+
+#define	add(n, f)							      \
+  do									      \
+    {									      \
+      i += (n);								      \
+      if (i >= maxsize)							      \
+	return 0;							      \
+      else								      \
+	if (p)								      \
+	  {								      \
+	    f;								      \
+	    p += (n);							      \
+	  }								      \
+    } while (0)
+#define	cpy(n, s)	add ((n), memcpy((PTR) p, (PTR) (s), (n)))
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+#define	fmt(n, args)	add((n), if (sprintf args != (n)) return 0)
+#else
+#define	fmt(n, args)	add((n), sprintf args; if (strlen (p) != (n)) return 0)
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Return the week in the year specified by TP,
+   with weeks starting on STARTING_DAY.  */
+#ifdef	__GNUC__
+inline
+#endif
+static unsigned int
+week (tp, starting_day, max_preceding)
+      const struct tm *const tp;
+      int starting_day;
+      int max_preceding;
+{
+  int wday, dl, base;
+
+  wday = tp->tm_wday - starting_day;
+  if (wday < 0)
+    wday += 7;
+
+  /* Set DL to the day in the year of the first day of the week
+     containing the day specified in TP.  */
+  dl = tp->tm_yday - wday;
+
+  /* For the computation following ISO 8601:1988 we set the number of
+     the week containing January 1st to 1 if this week has more than
+     MAX_PRECEDING days in the new year.  For ISO 8601 this number is
+     3, for the other representation it is 7 (i.e., not to be
+     fulfilled).  */
+  base = ((dl + 7) % 7) > max_preceding ? 1 : 0;
+
+  /* If DL is negative we compute the result as 0 unless we have to
+     compute it according ISO 8601.  In this case we have to return 53
+     or 1 if the week containing January 1st has less than 4 days in
+     the new year or not.  If DL is not negative we calculate the
+     number of complete weeks for our week (DL / 7) plus 1 (because
+     only for DL < 0 we are in week 0/53 and plus the number of the
+     first week computed in the last step.  */
+  return dl < 0 ? (dl < -max_preceding ? 53 : base)
+		: base + 1 + dl / 7;
+}
+
+#ifndef _NL_CURRENT
+static char const weekday_name[][10] =
+  {
+    "Sunday", "Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday",
+    "Thursday", "Friday", "Saturday"
+  };
+static char const month_name[][10] =
+  {
+    "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June",
+    "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December"
+  };
+#endif
+
+/* Write information from TP into S according to the format
+   string FORMAT, writing no more that MAXSIZE characters
+   (including the terminating '\0') and returning number of
+   characters written.  If S is NULL, nothing will be written
+   anywhere, so to determine how many characters would be
+   written, use NULL for S and (size_t) UINT_MAX for MAXSIZE.  */
 size_t
-strftime (string, max, format, tm)
-     char *string;
-     size_t max;
-     const char *format;
-     const struct tm *tm;
+strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp)
+      char *s;
+      size_t maxsize;
+      const char *format;
+      register const struct tm *tp;
 {
-  enum padding pad;		/* Type of padding to apply. */
-  size_t length = 0;		/* Characters put in STRING so far. */
+  int hour12 = tp->tm_hour;
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+  const char *const a_wkday = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ABDAY_1 + tp->tm_wday);
+  const char *const f_wkday = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, DAY_1 + tp->tm_wday);
+  const char *const a_month = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, ABMON_1 + tp->tm_mon);
+  const char *const f_month = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, MON_1 + tp->tm_mon);
+  const char *const ampm = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME,
+					hour12 > 11 ? PM_STR : AM_STR);
+  size_t aw_len = strlen(a_wkday);
+  size_t am_len = strlen(a_month);
+  size_t ap_len = strlen (ampm);
+#else
+  const char *const f_wkday = weekday_name[tp->tm_wday];
+  const char *const f_month = month_name[tp->tm_mon];
+  const char *const a_wkday = f_wkday;
+  const char *const a_month = f_month;
+  const char *const ampm = "AMPM" + 2 * (hour12 > 11);
+  size_t aw_len = 3;
+  size_t am_len = 3;
+  size_t ap_len = 2;
+#endif
+  size_t wkday_len = strlen (f_wkday);
+  size_t month_len = strlen (f_month);
+  const unsigned int y_week0 = week (tp, 0, 7);
+  const unsigned int y_week1 = week (tp, 1, 7);
+  const unsigned int y_week2 = week (tp, 1, 3);
+  const char *zone;
+  size_t zonelen;
+  register size_t i = 0;
+  register char *p = s;
+  register const char *f;
+  char number_fmt[5];
 
-  for (; *format && length < max; ++format)
+  /* Initialize the buffer we will use for the sprintf format for numbers.  */
+  number_fmt[0] = '%';
+
+  zone = 0;
+#if HAVE_TM_ZONE
+  zone = (const char *) tp->tm_zone;
+#endif
+#if HAVE_TZNAME
+  if (!(zone && *zone) && tp->tm_isdst >= 0)
+    zone = tzname[tp->tm_isdst];
+#endif
+  if (!(zone && *zone))
+    zone = "???";
+
+  zonelen = strlen (zone);
+
+  if (hour12 > 12)
+    hour12 -= 12;
+  else
+    if (hour12 == 0) hour12 = 12;
+
+  for (f = format; *f != '\0'; ++f)
     {
-      if (*format != '%')
-	add_char (*format);
-      else
+      enum { pad_zero, pad_space, pad_none } pad; /* Padding for number.  */
+      unsigned int maxdigits;	/* Max digits for numeric format.  */
+      unsigned int number_value; /* Numeric value to be printed.  */
+      const char *subfmt;
+
+#if HAVE_MBLEN
+      if (!isascii (*f))
 	{
-	  ++format;
-	  /* Modifiers: */
-	  if (*format == '-')
+	  /* Non-ASCII, may be a multibyte.  */
+	  int len = mblen (f, strlen (f));
+	  if (len > 0)
 	    {
-	      pad = none;
-	      ++format;
-	    }
-	  else if (*format == '_')
-	    {
-	      pad = blank;
-	      ++format;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    pad = zero;
-
-	  switch (*format)
-	    {
-	      /* Literal character fields: */
-	    case 0:
-	    case '%':
-	      add_char ('%');
-	      break;
-	    case 'n':
-	      add_char ('\n');
-	      break;
-	    case 't':
-	      add_char ('\t');
-	      break;
-	    default:
-	      add_char (*format);
-	      break;
-
-	      /* Time fields: */
-	    case 'H':
-	    case 'k':
-	      length +=
-		add_num2 (&string[length], tm->tm_hour, max - length,
-			  *format == 'H' ? pad : blank);
-	      break;
-	    case 'I':
-	    case 'l':
-	      {
-		int hour12;
-
-		if (tm->tm_hour == 0)
-		  hour12 = 12;
-		else if (tm->tm_hour > 12)
-		  hour12 = tm->tm_hour - 12;
-		else
-		  hour12 = tm->tm_hour;
-		length +=
-		  add_num2 (&string[length], hour12, max - length,
-			    *format == 'I' ? pad : blank);
-	      }
-	      break;
-	    case 'M':
-	      length +=
-		add_num2 (&string[length], tm->tm_min, max - length, pad);
-	      break;
-	    case 'p':
-	      if (tm->tm_hour < 12)
-		add_char ('A');
-	      else
-		add_char ('P');
-	      add_char ('M');
-	      break;
-	    case 'r':
-	      length +=
-		strftime (&string[length], max - length, "%I:%M:%S %p", tm);
-	      break;
-	    case 'R':
-	      length +=
-		strftime (&string[length], max - length, "%H:%M", tm);
-	      break;
-
-	    case 's':
-	      {
-		struct tm writable_tm;
-		writable_tm = *tm;
-		length += add_num_time_t (&string[length], max - length,
-					  mktime (&writable_tm));
-	      }
-	      break;
-
-	    case 'S':
-	      length +=
-		add_num2 (&string[length], tm->tm_sec, max - length, pad);
-	      break;
-	    case 'T':
-	      length +=
-		strftime (&string[length], max - length, "%H:%M:%S", tm);
-	      break;
-	    case 'X':
-	      length +=
-		strftime (&string[length], max - length, "%H:%M:%S", tm);
-	      break;
-	    case 'Z':
-#ifdef HAVE_TM_ZONE
-	      length += add_str (&string[length], tm->tm_zone, max - length);
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_TZNAME
-	      if (tm->tm_isdst && tzname[1] && *tzname[1])
-		length += add_str (&string[length], tzname[1], max - length);
-	      else
-		length += add_str (&string[length], tzname[0], max - length);
-#else
-	      length += add_str (&string[length], zone_name (tm), max - length);
-#endif
-#endif
-	      break;
-
-	      /* Date fields: */
-	    case 'a':
-	      add_char (days[tm->tm_wday][0]);
-	      add_char (days[tm->tm_wday][1]);
-	      add_char (days[tm->tm_wday][2]);
-	      break;
-	    case 'A':
-	      length +=
-		add_str (&string[length], days[tm->tm_wday], max - length);
-	      break;
-	    case 'b':
-	    case 'h':
-	      add_char (months[tm->tm_mon][0]);
-	      add_char (months[tm->tm_mon][1]);
-	      add_char (months[tm->tm_mon][2]);
-	      break;
-	    case 'B':
-	      length +=
-		add_str (&string[length], months[tm->tm_mon], max - length);
-	      break;
-	    case 'c':
-	      length +=
-		strftime (&string[length], max - length,
-			  "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y", tm);
-	      break;
-	    case 'C':
-	      length +=
-		add_num2 (&string[length], (tm->tm_year + 1900) / 100,
-			  max - length, pad);
-	      break;
-	    case 'd':
-	      length +=
-		add_num2 (&string[length], tm->tm_mday, max - length, pad);
-	      break;
-	    case 'e':
-	      length +=
-		add_num2 (&string[length], tm->tm_mday, max - length, blank);
-	      break;
-	    case 'D':
-	      length +=
-		strftime (&string[length], max - length, "%m/%d/%y", tm);
-	      break;
-	    case 'j':
-	      length +=
-		add_num3 (&string[length], tm->tm_yday + 1, max - length, pad);
-	      break;
-	    case 'm':
-	      length +=
-		add_num2 (&string[length], tm->tm_mon + 1, max - length, pad);
-	      break;
-	    case 'U':
-	      length +=
-		add_num2 (&string[length], sun_week (tm), max - length, pad);
-	      break;
-	    case 'w':
-	      add_char (tm->tm_wday + '0');
-	      break;
-	    case 'W':
-	      length +=
-		add_num2 (&string[length], mon_week (tm), max - length, pad);
-	      break;
-	    case 'x':
-	      length +=
-		strftime (&string[length], max - length, "%m/%d/%y", tm);
-	      break;
-	    case 'y':
-	      length +=
-		add_num2 (&string[length], tm->tm_year % 100,
-			  max - length, pad);
-	      break;
-	    case 'Y':
-	      add_char ((tm->tm_year + 1900) / 1000 + '0');
-	      length +=
-		add_num3 (&string[length],
-			  (1900 + tm->tm_year) % 1000, max - length, zero);
-	      break;
+	      cpy(len, f);
+	      continue;
 	    }
 	}
+#endif
+
+      if (*f != '%')
+	{
+	  add (1, *p = *f);
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      /* Check for flags that can modify a number format.  */
+      ++f;
+      switch (*f)
+	{
+	case '_':
+	  pad = pad_space;
+	  ++f;
+	  break;
+	case '-':
+	  pad = pad_none;
+	  ++f;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  pad = pad_zero;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Now do the specified format.  */
+      switch (*f)
+	{
+	case '\0':
+	case '%':
+	  add (1, *p = *f);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'a':
+	  cpy (aw_len, a_wkday);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'A':
+	  cpy (wkday_len, f_wkday);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'b':
+	case 'h':		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  cpy (am_len, a_month);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'B':
+	  cpy (month_len, f_month);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'c':
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+	  subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, D_T_FMT);
+#else
+	  subfmt = "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Z %Y";
+#endif
+	subformat:
+	  {
+	    size_t len = strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp);
+	    if (len == 0 && *subfmt)
+	      return 0;
+	    add (len, ;);
+	  }
+	  break;
+
+#define DO_NUMBER(digits, value) \
+	  maxdigits = digits; number_value = value; goto do_number
+#define DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD(digits, value) \
+	  maxdigits = digits; number_value = value; goto do_number_spacepad
+
+	case 'C':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, (1900 + tp->tm_year) / 100);
+
+	case 'x':
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+	  subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, D_FMT);
+	  goto subformat;
+#endif
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case 'D':		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  subfmt = "%m/%d/%y";
+	  goto subformat;
+
+	case 'd':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_mday);
+
+	case 'e':		/* GNU extension: %d, but blank-padded.  */
+	  DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, tp->tm_mday);
+
+	  /* All numeric formats set MAXDIGITS and NUMBER_VALUE and then
+	     jump to one of these two labels.  */
+
+	do_number_spacepad:
+	  /* Force `_' flag.  */
+	  pad = pad_space;
+
+	do_number:
+	  {
+	    /* Format the number according to the PAD flag.  */
+
+	    register char *nf = &number_fmt[1];
+	    int printed = maxdigits;
+
+	    switch (pad)
+	      {
+	      case pad_zero:
+		*nf++ = '0';
+	      case pad_space:
+		*nf++ = '0' + maxdigits;
+	      case pad_none:
+		*nf++ = 'u';
+		*nf = '\0';
+	      }
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+	    add (maxdigits, printed = sprintf (p, number_fmt, number_value));
+#else
+	    add (maxdigits, sprintf (p, number_fmt, number_value);
+		 printed = strlen (p));
+#endif
+	    /* Back up if fewer than MAXDIGITS chars written for pad_none.  */
+	    p -= maxdigits - printed;
+	    i -= maxdigits - printed;
+
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+
+	case 'H':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_hour);
+
+	case 'I':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, hour12);
+
+	case 'k':		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, tp->tm_hour);
+
+	case 'l':		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  DO_NUMBER_SPACEPAD (2, hour12);
+
+	case 'j':
+	  DO_NUMBER (3, 1 + tp->tm_yday);
+
+	case 'M':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_min);
+
+	case 'm':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_mon + 1);
+
+	case 'n':		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  add (1, *p = '\n');
+	  break;
+
+	case 'p':
+	  cpy (ap_len, ampm);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'R':		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  subfmt = "%H:%M";
+	  goto subformat;
+
+	case 'r':		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  subfmt = "%I:%M:%S %p";
+	  goto subformat;
+
+	case 'S':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_sec);
+
+	case 's':		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  {
+	    struct tm writable_tm = *tp;
+	    unsigned long int num = (unsigned long int) mktime (&writable_tm);
+	    /* `3 * sizeof (unsigned long int)' is an approximation of
+	       the size of the decimal representation of NUM, valid
+	       for sizes <= 16.  */
+	    int printed = 3 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
+	    maxdigits = printed;
+	    assert (sizeof (unsigned long int) <= 16);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+	    add (maxdigits, printed = sprintf (p, "%lu", num));
+#else
+	    add (maxdigits, sprintf (p, "%lu", num); printed = strlen (p));
+#endif
+	    /* Back up if fewer than MAXDIGITS chars written for pad_none.  */
+	    p -= maxdigits - printed;
+	    i -= maxdigits - printed;
+	  }
+	break;
+
+	case 'X':
+#ifdef _NL_CURRENT
+	  subfmt = _NL_CURRENT (LC_TIME, T_FMT);
+	  goto subformat;
+#endif
+	  /* Fall through.  */
+	case 'T':		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  subfmt = "%H:%M:%S";
+	  goto subformat;
+
+	case 't':		/* GNU extension.  */
+	  add (1, *p = '\t');
+	  break;
+
+	case 'U':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, y_week0);
+
+	case 'V':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, y_week2);
+
+	case 'W':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, y_week1);
+
+	case 'w':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_wday);
+
+	case 'Y':
+	  DO_NUMBER (4, 1900 + tp->tm_year);
+
+	case 'y':
+	  DO_NUMBER (2, tp->tm_year % 100);
+
+	case 'Z':
+	  cpy(zonelen, zone);
+	  break;
+
+	case 'z':
+	  {
+	    struct tm tml = *tp;
+	    time_t t = mktime (&tml);
+	    struct tm tmg;
+	    int diff;
+
+	    tml = *localtime (&t);	/* Canonicalize the local time.  */
+	    tmg = *gmtime (&t);
+
+	    /* Compute the difference.  */
+	    diff = tml.tm_min - tmg.tm_min;
+	    diff += 60 * (tml.tm_hour - tmg.tm_hour);
+
+	    if (tml.tm_mon != tmg.tm_mon)
+	      {
+		/* We assume no timezone differs from UTC by more than
+		   +- 23 hours.  This should be safe.  */
+		if (tmg.tm_mday == 1)
+		  tml.tm_mday = 0;
+		else /* tml.tm_mday == 1 */
+		  tmg.tm_mday = 0;
+	      }
+	    diff += 1440 * (tml.tm_mday - tmg.tm_mday);
+
+	    if (diff < 0)
+	      {
+		add (1, *p = '-');
+		diff = -diff;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      add (1, *p = '+');
+
+	    pad = pad_zero;
+	    DO_NUMBER (4, ((diff / 60) % 24) * 100 + diff % 60);
+	  }
+
+	default:
+	  /* Bad format.  */
+	  add (1, *p = *f);
+	  break;
+	}
     }
-  add_char (0);
-  return length - 1;
+
+  if (p)
+    *p = '\0';
+  return i;
 }

lib/stripslash.c

@@ -12,13 +12,17 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(USG)
-#include <string.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
 /* Remove trailing slashes from PATH.

lib/strndup.c

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <string.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *malloc ();
+#endif
+
+/* Duplicate S, returning an identical malloc'd string.  */
+char *
+strndup (s, n)
+     const char *s;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  char *new = malloc (n + 1);
+
+  if (new == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  memcpy (new, s, n);
+  new[n] = '\0';
+
+  return new;
+}

lib/strpbrk.c

@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>

lib/strstr.c

@@ -1,49 +1,116 @@
-/* strstr.c -- return the offset of one string within another
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Author:
-	Mike Rendell			Department of Computer Science
-	michael@garfield.mun.edu	Memorial University of Newfoundland
-	..!uunet!garfield!michael	St. John's, Nfld., Canada
-	(709) 737-4550			A1C 5S7
-*/
+/*
+ * My personal strstr() implementation that beats most other algorithms.
+ * Until someone tells me otherwise, I assume that this is the
+ * fastest implementation of strstr() in C.
+ * I deliberately chose not to comment it.  You should have at least
+ * as much fun trying to understand it, as I had to write it :-).
+ *
+ * Stephen R. van den Berg, berg@pool.informatik.rwth-aachen.de	*/
 
-/* Return the starting address of string S2 in S1;
-   return 0 if it is not found. */
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+typedef unsigned chartype;
 
 char *
-strstr (s1, s2)
-     char *s1;
-     char *s2;
+strstr (phaystack, pneedle)
+     const char *phaystack;
+     const char *pneedle;
 {
-  int i;
-  char *p1;
-  char *p2;
-  char *s = s1;
+  register const unsigned char *haystack, *needle;
+  register chartype b, c;
 
-  for (p2 = s2, i = 0; *s; p2 = s2, i++, s++)
+  haystack = (const unsigned char *) phaystack;
+  needle = (const unsigned char *) pneedle;
+
+  b = *needle;
+  if (b != '\0')
     {
-      for (p1 = s; *p1 && *p2 && *p1 == *p2; p1++, p2++)
-	;
-      if (!*p2)
-	break;
-    }
-  if (!*p2)
-    return s1 + i;
+      haystack--;				/* possible ANSI violation */
+      do
+	{
+	  c = *++haystack;
+	  if (c == '\0')
+	    goto ret0;
+	}
+      while (c != b);
 
+      c = *++needle;
+      if (c == '\0')
+	goto foundneedle;
+      ++needle;
+      goto jin;
+
+      for (;;)
+        {
+          register chartype a;
+	  register const unsigned char *rhaystack, *rneedle;
+
+	  do
+	    {
+	      a = *++haystack;
+	      if (a == '\0')
+		goto ret0;
+	      if (a == b)
+		break;
+	      a = *++haystack;
+	      if (a == '\0')
+		goto ret0;
+shloop:	    }
+          while (a != b);
+
+jin:	  a = *++haystack;
+	  if (a == '\0')
+	    goto ret0;
+
+	  if (a != c)
+	    goto shloop;
+
+	  rhaystack = haystack-- + 1;
+	  rneedle = needle;
+	  a = *rneedle;
+
+	  if (*rhaystack == a)
+	    do
+	      {
+		if (a == '\0')
+		  goto foundneedle;
+		++rhaystack;
+		a = *++needle;
+		if (*rhaystack != a)
+		  break;
+		if (a == '\0')
+		  goto foundneedle;
+		++rhaystack;
+		a = *++needle;
+	      }
+	    while (*rhaystack == a);
+
+	  needle = rneedle;		   /* took the register-poor aproach */
+
+	  if (a == '\0')
+	    break;
+        }
+    }
+foundneedle:
+  return (char*) haystack;
+ret0:
   return 0;
 }

lib/strtod.c

@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/strtol.c

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
 Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -16,7 +15,8 @@ GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -57,18 +57,41 @@ extern int errno;
 # define UNSIGNED 0
 # define INT LONG int
 #else
-# define strtol strtoul
 # define INT unsigned LONG int
 #endif
 
+/* Determine the name.  */
+#if UNSIGNED
+# ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#  ifdef QUAD
+#   define strtol wcstouq
+#  else
+#   define strtol wcstoul
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef QUAD
+#   define strtol strtouq
+#  else
+#   define strtol strtoul
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#  ifdef QUAD
+#   define strtol wcstoq
+#  else
+#   define strtol wcstol
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef QUAD
+#   define strtol strtoq
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
 /* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoq' or `strtouq',
    operating on `long long int's.  */
 #ifdef QUAD
-# if UNSIGNED
-#  define strtoul strtouq
-# else
-#  define strtol strtoq
-# endif
 # define LONG long long
 # undef LONG_MIN
 # define LONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
@@ -84,13 +107,41 @@ extern int errno;
 # endif
 #else
 # define LONG long
+
+# ifndef ULONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+# include <wchar.h>
+# include <wctype.h>
+# define L_(ch) L##ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
+# define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
+# define ISSPACE(ch) iswspace (ch)
+# define ISALPHA(ch) iswalpha (ch)
+# define TOUPPER(ch) towupper (ch)
+#else
+# define L_(ch) ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
+# define STRING_TYPE char
+# define ISSPACE(ch) isspace (ch)
+# define ISALPHA(ch) isalpha (ch)
+# define TOUPPER(ch) toupper (ch)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef __STDC__
 # define INTERNAL(x) INTERNAL1(x)
 # define INTERNAL1(x) __##x##_internal
+# define WEAKNAME(x) WEAKNAME1(x)
+# define WEAKNAME1(x) __##x
 #else
 # define INTERNAL(x) __/**/x/**/_internal
+# define WEAKNAME(x) __/**/x
 #endif
 
 #ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
@@ -108,8 +159,8 @@ extern int errno;
 
 INT
 INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
-     const char *nptr;
-     char **endptr;
+     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
+     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
      int base;
      int group;
 {
@@ -117,9 +168,9 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
   register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
   register unsigned int cutlim;
   register unsigned LONG int i;
-  register const char *s;
-  register unsigned char c;
-  const char *save, *end;
+  register const STRING_TYPE *s;
+  register UCHAR_TYPE c;
+  const STRING_TYPE *save, *end;
   int overflow;
 
 #ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
@@ -151,21 +202,21 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
   if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
     base = 10;
 
-  s = nptr;
+  save = s = nptr;
 
   /* Skip white space.  */
-  while (isspace (*s))
+  while (ISSPACE (*s))
     ++s;
-  if (*s == '\0')
+  if (*s == L_('\0'))
     goto noconv;
 
   /* Check for a sign.  */
-  if (*s == '-')
+  if (*s == L_('-'))
     {
       negative = 1;
       ++s;
     }
-  else if (*s == '+')
+  else if (*s == L_('+'))
     {
       negative = 0;
       ++s;
@@ -173,14 +224,14 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
   else
     negative = 0;
 
-  if (base == 16 && s[0] == '0' && toupper (s[1]) == 'X')
+  if (base == 16 && s[0] == L_('0') && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
     s += 2;
 
   /* If BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
   if (base == 0)
-    if (*s == '0')
+    if (*s == L_('0'))
       {
-	if (toupper (s[1]) == 'X')
+	if (TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
 	  {
 	    s += 2;
 	    base = 16;
@@ -199,9 +250,9 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
     {
       /* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping.  */
       end = s;
-      for (c = *end; c != '\0'; c = *++end)
-	if (c != thousands && !isdigit (c) &&
-	    (!isalpha (c) || toupper (c) - 'A' + 10 >= base))
+      for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end)
+	if (c != thousands && (c < L_('0') || c > L_('9'))
+	    && (!ISALPHA (c) || TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10 >= base))
 	  break;
       if (*s == thousands)
 	end = s;
@@ -217,14 +268,14 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
 
   overflow = 0;
   i = 0;
-  for (c = *s; c != '\0'; c = *++s)
+  for (c = *s; c != L_('\0'); c = *++s)
     {
       if (s == end)
 	break;
-      if (isdigit (c))
-	c -= '0';
-      else if (isalpha (c))
-	c = toupper (c) - 'A' + 10;
+      if (c >= L_('0') && c <= L_('9'))
+	c -= L_('0');
+      else if (ISALPHA (c))
+	c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10;
       else
 	break;
       if (c >= base)
@@ -246,13 +297,15 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
   /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
      past the last character we converted.  */
   if (endptr != NULL)
-    *endptr = (char *) s;
+    *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) s;
 
 #if !UNSIGNED
   /* Check for a value that is within the range of
      `unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'.  */
-  if (i > (negative ?
-	   -(unsigned LONG int) LONG_MIN : (unsigned LONG int) LONG_MAX))
+  if (overflow == 0
+      && i > (negative
+	      ? -((unsigned LONG int) (LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
+	      : (unsigned LONG int) LONG_MAX))
     overflow = 1;
 #endif
 
@@ -270,23 +323,40 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
   return (negative ? -i : i);
 
 noconv:
-  /* There was no number to convert.  */
+  /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
+     first two characters and '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
+     hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
+     ENDPTR points to the `x`.  */
   if (endptr != NULL)
-    *endptr = (char *) nptr;
+    if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
+	&& save[-2] == L_('0'))
+      *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
+    else
+      /*  There was no number to convert.  */
+      *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
+
   return 0L;
 }
 
 /* External user entry point.  */
 
+#undef __P
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# define __P(args) args
+#else
+# define __P(args) ()
+#endif
+
+/* Prototype.  */
+INT strtol __P ((const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr,
+			    int base));
+
+
 INT
 strtol (nptr, endptr, base)
-     const char *nptr;
-     char **endptr;
+     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
+     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
      int base;
 {
   return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0);
 }
-
-#ifdef weak_symbol
-weak_symbol (strtol)
-#endif

lib/strtoul.c

@@ -1,21 +1,22 @@
 /* Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
-The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-License, or (at your option) any later version.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-Library General Public License for more details.
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If
-not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave,
-Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #define	UNSIGNED	1
 
-#include "strtol.c"
+#include <strtol.c>

lib/userspec.c

@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 

lib/xgetcwd.c

@@ -12,20 +12,13 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Written by David MacKenzie, djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu. */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#if defined (CONFIG_BROKETS)
-/* We use <config.h> instead of "config.h" so that a compilation
-   using -I. -I$srcdir will use ./config.h rather than $srcdir/config.h
-   (which it would do because it found this file in $srcdir).  */
-#include <config.h>
-#else
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -36,9 +29,9 @@ extern int errno;
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include "pathmax.h"
 
-#if !defined(_POSIX_VERSION) && !defined(HAVE_GETCWD)
+#ifndef HAVE_GETCWD
 char *getwd ();
-#define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
 #else
 char *getcwd ();
 #endif

lib/xgethostname.c

@@ -12,13 +12,13 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by Jim Meyering, meyering@comco.com */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ char *xmalloc ();
 char *xrealloc ();
 
 #ifndef INITIAL_HOSTNAME_LENGTH
-#define INITIAL_HOSTNAME_LENGTH 33
+# define INITIAL_HOSTNAME_LENGTH 33
 #endif
 
 char *

lib/xmalloc.c

@@ -12,23 +12,23 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #if __STDC__
-#define VOID void
+# define VOID void
 #else
-#define VOID char
+# define VOID char
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 #if STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 VOID *malloc ();
 VOID *realloc ();
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ void free ();
 #endif
 
 #ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
-#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
 #endif
 
 /* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.

lib/xstrdup.c

@@ -12,10 +12,14 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#if defined(USG) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
 #include <string.h>
 #else
 #include <strings.h>